WO2014147875A1 - Audio data processing device and audio data communications system - Google Patents

Audio data processing device and audio data communications system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014147875A1
WO2014147875A1 PCT/JP2013/077181 JP2013077181W WO2014147875A1 WO 2014147875 A1 WO2014147875 A1 WO 2014147875A1 JP 2013077181 W JP2013077181 W JP 2013077181W WO 2014147875 A1 WO2014147875 A1 WO 2014147875A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data processing
music
acoustic data
master
karaoke
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/077181
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
克己 石川
Original Assignee
ヤマハ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2013060725A external-priority patent/JP2013231951A/en
Application filed by ヤマハ株式会社 filed Critical ヤマハ株式会社
Priority to CN201380074596.3A priority Critical patent/CN105190744A/en
Priority to KR1020157024312A priority patent/KR20150118972A/en
Publication of WO2014147875A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014147875A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G10MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10HELECTROPHONIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; INSTRUMENTS IN WHICH THE TONES ARE GENERATED BY ELECTROMECHANICAL MEANS OR ELECTRONIC GENERATORS, OR IN WHICH THE TONES ARE SYNTHESISED FROM A DATA STORE
    • G10H1/00Details of electrophonic musical instruments
    • G10H1/36Accompaniment arrangements
    • G10H1/361Recording/reproducing of accompaniment for use with an external source, e.g. karaoke systems
    • G10H1/365Recording/reproducing of accompaniment for use with an external source, e.g. karaoke systems the accompaniment information being stored on a host computer and transmitted to a reproducing terminal by means of a network, e.g. public telephone lines
    • GPHYSICS
    • G10MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10HELECTROPHONIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; INSTRUMENTS IN WHICH THE TONES ARE GENERATED BY ELECTROMECHANICAL MEANS OR ELECTRONIC GENERATORS, OR IN WHICH THE TONES ARE SYNTHESISED FROM A DATA STORE
    • G10H2240/00Data organisation or data communication aspects, specifically adapted for electrophonic musical tools or instruments
    • G10H2240/121Musical libraries, i.e. musical databases indexed by musical parameters, wavetables, indexing schemes using musical parameters, musical rule bases or knowledge bases, e.g. for automatic composing methods
    • G10H2240/125Library distribution, i.e. distributing musical pieces from a central or master library
    • GPHYSICS
    • G10MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10HELECTROPHONIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; INSTRUMENTS IN WHICH THE TONES ARE GENERATED BY ELECTROMECHANICAL MEANS OR ELECTRONIC GENERATORS, OR IN WHICH THE TONES ARE SYNTHESISED FROM A DATA STORE
    • G10H2240/00Data organisation or data communication aspects, specifically adapted for electrophonic musical tools or instruments
    • G10H2240/171Transmission of musical instrument data, control or status information; Transmission, remote access or control of music data for electrophonic musical instruments
    • G10H2240/181Billing, i.e. purchasing of data contents for use with electrophonic musical instruments; Protocols therefor; Management of transmission or connection time therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention includes a plurality of karaoke apparatuses connected to each other so that they can communicate with each other.
  • each karaoke apparatus the same music is reproduced simultaneously, and the singing sound input to each karaoke apparatus is communicated with each other and reproduced. Relates to the technology of a communication karaoke system that virtually unifies karaoke equipment at the base of the company.
  • a karaoke system that connects multiple bases via a communication network and exchanges video and audio has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1).
  • a system has been proposed in which performance information such as a singer's ID, music information desired to be sung, part information, or key control is registered in a server, and applications for duet applicants matching the conditions are accepted (for example, patents).
  • Document 2 or Patent Document 3 In this system, when a duet partner appears, the route between the system and the communication network is controlled so that a remote duet can be requested only for the music.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 are intended to search for duets by singing in units of music and singing. Therefore, it is not suitable for a specific partner, for example, acquaintances living in remote places, to enjoy karaoke together for a certain period of time.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 it is not possible to sing together remotely except for music that can be entered for duet. Furthermore, in the systems disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 3, there is a master-slave relationship between the user device calling for a duet and the user device responding, and the device cannot be operated freely from the slave base.
  • the present invention can perform a duet, a musical instrument session, etc. with a desired partner for a certain period of time even when the bases are separated from each other, and the device can be operated from each base. It is an object to provide an acoustic data communication system.
  • an acoustic data processing device of the present invention is connected to at least one other acoustic data processing device so as to be able to communicate with each other, and a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to be able to communicate with each other
  • An audio data processing apparatus that can refer to a master reservation list that designates the performance order of songs that are recognized in common, an input unit for inputting performance data obtained by the performance of the user's music, and the user's music
  • a reproducing unit that reproduces auxiliary data that assists a performance and the demonstration data a storage unit that stores an individual reservation list that specifies the performance order of the music, and a reservation operation that reserves the performance order of the music
  • An update unit for updating the contents of the master reservation list, and when the contents of the master reservation list are updated, the change contents of the master reservation list are changed to the individual
  • a reflecting unit for reflecting about the list.
  • the update unit updates the master reservation list.
  • the updated content is transmitted to at least one other acoustic data processing device.
  • the update content is reflected in the individual reservation list by the reflection unit. Therefore, if the acoustic data processing device including at least the update unit and the acoustic data processing device including at least the reflection unit are installed in separate locations, the music reservation operation can be performed from any location, There is an advantage that the operation can be reflected in each acoustic data processing device in each place.
  • the master reservation list is managed by a management device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and the updating unit performs the demonstration of the music piece.
  • reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation is transmitted to the management device, and the reflecting unit receives update data indicating the update content of the master reservation list from the management device Then, the update data may be reflected in the individual reservation file.
  • the operation is performed regardless of whether the music reservation operation is performed from any location. There is an advantage that it can be reflected in each acoustic data processing device of the place.
  • any one of a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected to be communicable with each other operates as a master device, and a slave other than the master device is a slave.
  • Reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music when the individual reservation list of the master device is the master reservation list and the update unit operates as the slave device Is transmitted to the master device, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the reservation data received from the slave device or the acoustic data Based on the reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation of the data processing device, the content of the master reservation list is
  • the reflection unit when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, receives update data indicating the update contents of the master reservation list from the master device, and stores the update data in the individual reservation file. You may make it reflect.
  • the music reservation operation can be performed from any location. Even if it performs, there exists an advantage that the operation can be reflected in each acoustic data processing apparatus of each place.
  • a control command can be referred to, and when a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit is performed, a master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation, and the master playback control A reproduction control unit that controls reproduction in the reproduction unit based on a command, and the master reproduction control command is received by a management device that can communicate with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and from the management device
  • the master reproduction control command output unit is transmitted to each of the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and When an operation is performed, the master reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to the management device, and the reproduction control unit receives the master reproduction control command received from the management device based on the master reproduction control command.
  • Playback control may be performed.
  • a playback control operation is performed in one acoustic data processing device, the contents of the operation are transmitted to and reflected in another acoustic data processing device as a master playback control command. Therefore, even when the acoustic data processing devices are separated from each other, it is possible to use the music or rhythm that is reproduced and controlled in common at each base.
  • a control command can be referred to, and when a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit is performed, a master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation, and the master playback control A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit based on a command, and any one of a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected to be communicable with each other operates as a master device, other than the master device Operates as a slave device, and the master playback control command output unit performs the control operation when the control operation is performed.
  • the master reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device, and the master reproduction control command is output in the acoustic data processing device, and the reproduction control unit is configured to output the other acoustic data.
  • Playback control in the playback unit may be performed based on the master playback control command received from the processing device or the master playback control command output in the sound data processing device.
  • the content of the operation is transmitted as a master playback control command from the acoustic data processing device as the master device to another acoustic data processing device as the slave device. Reflected. Therefore, even when the acoustic data processing devices are separated from each other, it is possible to use the music or rhythm that is reproduced and controlled in common at each base.
  • the reservation data received from the slave device or the acoustic data processing device You may make it provide the determination part which determines whether the said auxiliary data which assists performance of the music concerning the reservation data which shows the content of reservation operation is reproducible also in any interconnected acoustic data processing apparatus.
  • auxiliary data that can be reproduced may differ depending on the device.
  • the fifth aspect since it is determined whether the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, Even if the data processing device is used, it is possible to cope with a situation in which the auxiliary data for assisting the performance of the music related to the reservation data cannot be reproduced in the specific acoustic data processing device.
  • the updating unit includes any one of which the auxiliary data for assisting performance of the music related to the reservation is connected to each other by the determination unit.
  • the content of the master reservation list may be updated when it is determined that reproduction is possible.
  • the auxiliary data assists the performance of the music piece related to the reservation by the determination unit.
  • the determination display control part which controls so that auxiliary data which assists performance of the music which concerns on the said reservation is displayed distinguishably from other auxiliary data.
  • the search processing unit when a search operation for searching for a song that can be reserved is performed, a search for performing processing on auxiliary data that assists the performance of the song is performed.
  • a processing unit and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, the search processing unit receives search operation data indicating that the search operation is performed when the search operation is performed.
  • the search operation data received from the slave device or the search operation data indicating that the search operation of the acoustic data processing device has been performed. Based on the music corresponding to the auxiliary data that can be played back by any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices.
  • the search operation may be presented to the acoustic data processing device the search operation is performed.
  • music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be played back in any acoustic data processing device is extracted as a search target. Therefore, even if different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, the music related to the reservation is extracted. It can be played reliably.
  • the search processing unit is the acoustic data processing device in which the search operation has been performed. Is also extracted as a non-search target for music corresponding to auxiliary data that is not reproducible, and the music extracted as the search target is extracted as the non-search target in the acoustic data processing apparatus in which the search operation has been performed. It may be presented to the acoustic data processing apparatus on which the search operation has been performed so that it can be identified from the recorded music. According to the ninth aspect, the music corresponding to the auxiliary data that cannot be played back by the specific acoustic data processing device is displayed so as to be identifiable in other ways, so that the measure for making the music playable is promoted. Be expected.
  • auxiliary data for assisting performance of the music is guided to a service that can be purchased. You may make it provide a guidance part. According to the tenth aspect, it is expected that purchase of music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is promoted.
  • any one of the plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to communicate with each other operates as a master device, and other than the master device
  • a playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit, and the individual playback control command output unit is performed by the acoustic data processing device when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device.
  • the individual playback control command is sent to any of the acoustic data processing devices. It converts into the individual reproduction control command recognized in the device, transmits the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to another acoustic data processing device, and the acoustic data processing device serves as the slave device.
  • an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device, and the acoustic data processing device includes the An individual reproduction control command is output, and the reproduction control unit is configured so that the sound data processing device is the master device.
  • the playback control in the playback unit based on the converted individual playback control command or the individual playback control command before the conversion,
  • the individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed in the acoustic data processing apparatus, the converted individual reproduction control command received from the master apparatus, or the pre-conversion received from the master apparatus Playback control in the playback unit may be performed based on the individual playback control command.
  • the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command.
  • the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices.
  • the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
  • the individual reproduction control command output unit is executed by the acoustic data processing device.
  • the content of the control operation corresponding to the individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the received control operation or the individual reproduction control command received from another acoustic data processing device cannot be executed by any of the acoustic data processing devices.
  • the sound data processing device that has performed the control operation corresponding to the individual reproduction control command is presented that the control operation cannot be executed by any of the sound data processing devices.
  • the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command.
  • the master device presents that the individual reproduction control command that cannot be executed by any of the acoustic data processing devices cannot be executed.
  • the specific reproduction control cannot be executed in other acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
  • the demonstration data is obtained by a demonstration based on at least one of a song and a performance by a user
  • the auxiliary data is an accompaniment or rhythm. You may make it include at least any one of related data, lyrics data, and musical score data.
  • performance data such as singing and musical instrument performance is reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices
  • auxiliary data such as accompaniment or rhythm-related data, lyrics data, and musical score data Data can be reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices.
  • an acoustic data communication system of the present invention is an acoustic data communication system including at least a plurality of acoustic data processing devices capable of communicating with each other, and is shared by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices.
  • a management unit that manages a master reservation list that specifies the performance order of recognized music pieces, a reference unit that can refer to the master reservation list, an input unit that inputs demonstration data obtained by the user's music performance, and A reproducing unit that reproduces auxiliary data for assisting the user's performance of the music and the demonstration data, a storage unit that stores an individual reservation list for designating the performance order of the music, and a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music
  • the update unit that updates the content of the master reservation list
  • a reflecting unit for reflecting the individual reservation list changes about the list.
  • the update unit updates the master reservation list.
  • the updated content is transmitted to at least one other acoustic data processing device.
  • the update content is reflected in the individual reservation list by the reflection unit. Therefore, if the acoustic data processing device including at least the update unit and the acoustic data processing device including at least the reflection unit are installed in separate locations, the music reservation operation can be performed from any location, There is an advantage that the operation can be reflected in each acoustic data processing device in each place.
  • the acoustic data communication system includes a plurality of relay devices that can communicate with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and are connected to be able to communicate with each other. Any one of the acoustic data processing devices of the above operates as a master device, and other than the master device operates as a slave device, and the relay device assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data received from the master device.
  • a determination unit that determines whether auxiliary data is reproducible in any acoustic data processing device, wherein the acoustic data processing device includes the reference unit, the input unit, the reproduction unit, the storage unit, and the update unit.
  • the reflection unit, and the update unit when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, When a reservation operation for reserving a performance order is performed, reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation is transmitted to the master device, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the received data from the slave device.
  • the auxiliary data that transmits reservation data or reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation performed in the master device to the relay device, and the determination unit of the relay device assists the performance of the music related to the reservation.
  • the master reservation based on the reservation data received from the slave device or reservation data indicating the details of the reservation operation of the master device when it is determined that the data can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device
  • the contents of the list are updated, and the reflection unit operates the acoustic data processing device as the slave device.
  • the update data indicating the update content of the master scheduling list from the master device, it may be made to reflect the update data on the individual reservation file.
  • the auxiliary data for assisting the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
  • the relay device performs a retrieval operation indicating that a retrieval operation for retrieving music that can be reserved is performed in the acoustic data processing device.
  • the audio data processing device may include an extraction unit that extracts, as a search target, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be played back by any of the audio data processing devices.
  • a search processing unit that performs processing on auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music is provided, and the search processing unit operates when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device
  • search operation data indicating that the search operation has been performed is transmitted to the master device.
  • the search operation data received from the slave device or the search operation data indicating that the search operation of the master device has been performed is sent to the relay device.
  • the music that is transmitted and extracted by the extraction unit of the relay device may be presented to the acoustic data processing device on which the search operation has been performed.
  • music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device is extracted as a search target. Therefore, even if different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, the music related to the reservation is extracted. It can be played reliably.
  • the relay device sends an individual reproduction control command indicating a content of a control operation related to reproduction control performed by the acoustic data processing device to the master.
  • the individual playback control command received from the device is an individual playback control command that is not recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, the individual playback control is performed for any of the acoustic data processing devices.
  • a conversion unit that converts the command into an individual reproduction control command recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, and transmits the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to the master device;
  • An individual reproduction control command output unit that outputs an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation; and a reproduction control unit that controls reproduction in the reproduction unit based on the individual reproduction control command.
  • the output unit sends an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed in the master device when the control operation is performed in the master device.
  • the individual reproduction control command or the individual reproduction control command received from the other acoustic data processing device is transmitted to the relay device and the converted individual reproduction control command received from the relay device. And the individual reproduction control command before the conversion is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device.
  • an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to the master device, and the acoustic data processing device
  • the individual reproduction control command is output to the individual reproduction control unit, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the reproduction control unit indicates individual reproduction control indicating the content of the control operation performed by the acoustic data processing device.
  • the acoustic data processing device When the playback of the playback unit is controlled based on the command or the converted individual playback control command and the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, the acoustic data processing device performs the Individual playback control command indicating the content of the control operation, or the converted received from the master device Playback control in the playback unit may be performed based on an individual playback control command or an individual playback control command before conversion received from the master device.
  • the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command.
  • the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices.
  • the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
  • the acoustic data communication system comprises a management device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and the management device is commonly recognized by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices.
  • a management unit that manages a master reservation list that specifies the performance order of the music to be performed, and reservation data that indicates the content of the reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music in the acoustic data processing device from the acoustic data processing device
  • a first updating unit that updates the contents of the master reservation list, and the acoustic data processing apparatus inputs a reference unit that can refer to the master reservation list, and demonstration data obtained by demonstration of the user's music
  • An input unit that performs playback of auxiliary data that assists the demonstration of the user's music and the demonstration data, and the order in which the music is performed
  • a storage unit for storing an individual reservation list to be specified; a second update unit for transmitting reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation to the management device when a
  • the fourth aspect since it is determined whether or not the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
  • the management device performs master reproduction control indicating the content of the control operation relating to reproduction control in the acoustic data processing device from any of the acoustic data processing devices.
  • a first master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command to each acoustic data processing device is provided, and the acoustic data processing device performs a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit.
  • a second master playback control command output unit that transmits the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation to the management device, and playback in the playback unit based on the master playback control command received from the management device
  • a reproduction control unit that performs the above control.
  • the acoustic data communication system includes a relay device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices and the management device, and the relay device includes: A determination unit that determines whether auxiliary data for assisting performance of the music related to the reservation data received from the management device is reproducible in any acoustic data processing device; and the first update unit of the management device If the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation is determined to be reproducible in any acoustic data processing device by the determination unit of the relay device, the content of the master reservation list is You may make it update.
  • the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
  • the relay device performs a search operation indicating that a search operation for searching for music that can be reserved is performed in the acoustic data processing device.
  • the data management device includes an extraction unit that extracts, as a search target, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device, and the management device includes the reservation in the acoustic data processing device.
  • search operation data indicating that a search operation for searching for a music that can be a target of the search is performed is received from the acoustic data processing device, the search operation is performed on the music extracted by the extraction unit of the relay device.
  • a first search processing unit to be presented to the acoustic data processing device wherein the acoustic data processing device is included in the acoustic data processing device;
  • the search operation it may be provided with a second retrieval processing unit that transmits the search operation data to the management device.
  • music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device is extracted as a search target. Therefore, even if different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, the music related to the reservation is extracted. It can be played reliably.
  • the relay device manages the individual reproduction control command indicating the content of a control operation related to reproduction control performed by the acoustic data processing device.
  • the individual playback control command received from the device is an individual playback control command that is not recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, the individual playback control is performed for any of the acoustic data processing devices.
  • a conversion unit that converts the command into an individual reproduction control command recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, and transmits the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to the management device;
  • the management device receives the individual reproduction control command from the acoustic data processing device, and in the relay device
  • a first individual reproduction control command output unit configured to transmit the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to another acoustic data processing device; and the acoustic data processing device includes the acoustic data processing device.
  • An individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed by the output unit and the acoustic data processing apparatus, or the converted individual reproduction control command received from the management apparatus or received from the management apparatus A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit based on the individual playback control command before conversion. Unishi may be.
  • the eighth aspect when a playback control operation is performed in any of the acoustic data processing devices, the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command.
  • the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices.
  • the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
  • the demonstration data is obtained by a demonstration based on at least one of singing and playing by a user, and the auxiliary data is related to accompaniment or rhythm. It is also possible to include at least one of data, lyrics data, and musical score data.
  • performance data such as singing and musical instrument performance is reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and auxiliary data such as accompaniment or rhythm-related data, lyrics data, and musical score data Can be reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an acoustic data communication system according to a first embodiment of the present invention. It is a block diagram of a management server. It is a block diagram of a terminal device. It is a figure for demonstrating the login procedure to the management server of each terminal device. It is a schematic diagram which shows the state in which the terminal device of two bases was connected. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and replication process of a music reservation list. It is a state transition diagram of a music reservation list update and duplication process. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and duplication process of the music reservation list which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a state transition diagram of a music reservation list update and duplication process in the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of a communication karaoke system 100 (an example of an acoustic data communication system) according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication karaoke system 100 is a communication karaoke system including a management server 10 (an example of a management device) and a plurality of karaoke devices 20 (an example of an acoustic data processing device).
  • the management server 10 and the karaoke apparatus 20 communicate with each other via a communication network 40 (for example, the Internet).
  • a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other via a communication network 40 (for example, the Internet).
  • Each karaoke device 20 can download karaoke music data for accompaniment (an example of auxiliary data) from the management server 10 via the communication network 40, and can reproduce the karaoke music separately.
  • the music data reproduced by one karaoke apparatus 20 is the other karaoke data. It is transmitted to the device 20 and is played back by each karaoke device 20.
  • the singing sound input into each karaoke apparatus is mutually communicated as performance data, is mixed with music data, and is reproduced by each karaoke apparatus 20.
  • each karaoke device 20 reproduces an input unit 200 for inputting performance data obtained by performing a user's music performance, auxiliary data for assisting the user's music performance, and the performance data.
  • a playback unit 201 a storage unit 204 that stores an individual reservation list that specifies the performance order of the music, and an update unit that updates the contents of the master reservation list when a reservation operation is performed to reserve the performance order of the music 202, and a reflecting unit 203 that reflects the changed contents of the master reservation list in the individual reservation list when the contents of the master reservation list are updated.
  • FIG. 1 for simplification, functional blocks in one karaoke apparatus 20 are displayed, but other karaoke apparatuses 20 also have similar functional blocks.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the management server 10. As shown in FIG. 2, the management server 10 includes a control unit 11, a memory 12, a hard disk (HDD) 13, and a communication interface 14.
  • the management server 10 includes a control unit 11, a memory 12, a hard disk (HDD) 13, and a communication interface 14.
  • HDD hard disk
  • the control unit 11 includes a CPU and the like, and controls the entire management server.
  • the control unit 11 is connected to the communication network 40 via the communication interface 14 and can communicate with the plurality of karaoke terminal devices 20 via the communication interface 14.
  • the control unit 11 is connected to a memory 12 and a hard disk (HDD) 13, and reads data from the memory 12 and the hard disk (HDD) 13, or writes data to the memory 12 and the hard disk (HDD) 13, as will be described later. Process.
  • the control unit 11 functions as a management unit and a first update unit.
  • the hard disk (HDD) 13 stores karaoke song data, song data song information, song data song list, lyrics data, video data associated with the song data, and the like.
  • login management information used when a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other is also stored. This login management information includes a user ID, user profile information, information for identifying the karaoke apparatus 20, and the like. Details will be described later.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the karaoke apparatus 20.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20 includes a control unit 21, a memory 22, a hard disk (HDD) 23, a communication interface 24, a video output unit 25, a video input unit 26, an acoustic output unit 27, a voice input unit 28, an instruction.
  • An input unit 29 is provided.
  • the control unit 21 includes a CPU and the like, and controls the entire karaoke apparatus.
  • the control unit 21 is connected to the communication network 40 via the communication interface 24 and can communicate with the management server 10 and other karaoke apparatuses 20 via the communication interface 24.
  • the control unit 11 is connected to a memory 22 and a hard disk (HDD) 23, and reads data from the memory 22 and the hard disk (HDD) 23, or writes data to the memory 22 and the hard disk (HDD) 23, and will be described later. Process.
  • the control unit 21 and the communication interface 24 function as a reference unit.
  • the control unit 21 functions as a reproduction unit, a second update unit, and a reflection unit.
  • the hard disk (HDD) 23 stores music data downloaded from the management server 10, music piece information, lyrics data, video data associated with the music data, and the like.
  • the ID of a user of another karaoke terminal apparatus 20 that performs communication information for identifying the other karaoke apparatus 20 and the like are also stored.
  • the video output unit 25 outputs video data and lyrics telop downloaded from the management server 10 and stored in the hard disk (HDD) 23 to the monitor 50.
  • HDD hard disk
  • the camera 51 is connected to the video input unit 26, and a video of a singer photographed by the camera 51 is input to perform data processing.
  • the video data subjected to data processing is transmitted to another karaoke apparatus 20 via the communication interface 24 when a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other.
  • the sound output unit 27 outputs sound data downloaded from the management server 10 and stored in the hard disk (HDD) 23 and voice data of the singer collected by the microphone.
  • An amplifier 52 is connected to the sound output unit 27, and a speaker 53 is connected to the amplifier 52. Therefore, the speaker 53 outputs karaoke accompaniment and the voice of the singer.
  • the sound output unit 27 uses voice data of a singer collected by a microphone connected to another karaoke apparatus 20 that performs communication, or a communication microphone. Outputs the surrounding audio data collected. Therefore, even when the other karaoke apparatus 20 is in a remote place, it is possible to create an atmosphere as if singing karaoke in the same room.
  • the voice input unit 28 is connected with a singing microphone 54 and a communication microphone 55.
  • the voice input unit 28 performs data processing by inputting a voice of a singer collected by the singing microphone 54 or a voice of a spectator or the like collected by the communication microphone 55.
  • the instruction input unit 29 includes a plurality of key switches, a remote control terminal receiving unit, and the like.
  • the instruction input unit 29 inputs data from a key switch or a remote control terminal operated by the user, and passes it to the control unit 21. Thereby, various processes according to the user's operation are performed. Details will be described later.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c are operated, and registration of a login state is performed with respect to the management server 10. Performed (indicated by i) in FIG.
  • Registration of the login state is performed by inputting the user's 60 ID number or user name, age, gender, favorite artist name, singing range, etc.
  • the user ID number or the user name and password may only be input to log in.
  • an ID number or user name, age, gender, favorite artist name, singable sound range, etc. may be registered in advance via the Internet.
  • the management server 10 When registration of the login state from the user 60 is performed, the management server 10 creates a login management list 80 based on the input information. If a past history remains, the login management list 80 may be created using the remaining data. In the login management list 80, the ID number or user name of the user 60, profile information such as age, gender, favorite artist name, singable range, and device information are recorded. In addition, apparatus information is automatically transmitted from each karaoke apparatus 20a, karaoke apparatus 20b, and karaoke apparatus 20c. The device information may be any information such as an IP address that can identify each karaoke device 20 and enable communication.
  • the registration of the login state may be performed by all the users 60 at each point, or may be performed by each representative 60a, 60b, 60c.
  • a user who wants to enjoy a duet with a user at another point accesses the management server 10 and searches for the user (shown as ii) in FIG. 4).
  • the search can be performed by inputting the user ID or user name.
  • the login management list 80 may be displayed on the monitor 50 connected to each karaoke device 20 and searched from the profile information described in the login management list 80.
  • the management server 10 notifies the user of the result of the user search (indicated by iii) in FIG. In this notification, when a search is performed by inputting a user ID or a user name, it is only necessary to notify whether or not the search target user is logged in. Further, when a search is performed by displaying the login management list 80 on the monitor 50, it may be notified whether or not the selected user is logged in.
  • a connection permission inquiry is made to the user (indicated by iv) in FIG. 4).
  • a message such as “Do you want to make a connection permission inquiry” may be displayed on the monitor 50 so that the user selects “Yes” or “No”.
  • the management server 10 determines the connection permission for the karaoke terminal device 20 at the point where the selected user is logged in based on the device information recorded in the login management list 80. Notify that there has been an inquiry (indicated by v in FIG. 4). If there is this notification, the karaoke apparatus 20 of each base will display that on the monitor 50 connected to each karaoke apparatus 20.
  • the ID number, user name, or profile information of the user who made the inquiry may be displayed, and a display such as “A connection permission inquiry has been received from this user.
  • the management server 10 that has received the answer from the karaoke device 20 at each base notifies the karaoke device 20 of the user who inquired the result (shown by vii in FIG. 4), and the device of the karaoke device at the other base. Send information.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20 that has received this notification may display on the monitor 50 such as “connection permitted”.
  • the karaoke device 20a that has acquired the device information of the karaoke device 20b accesses the karaoke device 20b, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b are connected, and the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a that first inquires about connection manages transmission of music reproduction data, a music reservation list, and the like as a parent device.
  • FIG. 5 shows an image of the state in which the karaoke apparatuses between the two bases communicate with each other in this way.
  • this state for example, when karaoke music data selected by the user 60a at the site A is downloaded from the management server 10, the music data is stored in the hard disk (HDD) 23 of the karaoke terminal device 20a at the site A.
  • HDD hard disk
  • the music data is reproduced, and the karaoke accompaniment of the music is reproduced at the site A via the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a at the point A.
  • the monitor 50a displays lyrics telop of the music and video data associated with the music.
  • the song of the user 60a at the site A is collected by the singing microphone 54a and reproduced through the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a.
  • the karaoke accompaniment sound of the music is transmitted to the karaoke apparatus 20b as reproduction data by the karaoke terminal apparatus 20a at the site A.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b that has received the reproduction data reproduces the reproduction data, and the same karaoke accompaniment sound as the base A is also reproduced at the base B through the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b.
  • the user 60b at the site B can sing according to the same karaoke accompaniment sound as that at the site A, and the song of the user 60b at the site B is picked up by the singing microphone 54b, via the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b. Played.
  • the voice data of the user B at the base B collected by the singing microphone 54b is transmitted to the karaoke apparatus 20a at the base A by the karaoke apparatus 20b at the base B. And it reproduces
  • the song of the user 60a at the site A is similarly reproduced via the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b at the site B. Therefore, the user 60a at the site A and the user 60b at the point B can duet on the same song while being at a place away from each other.
  • the state in which the user 60a at the site A sings is photographed by the camera 51a, transmitted to the site B, and displayed on the monitor 50b.
  • the state in which the user 60b at the site B sings is photographed by the camera 51b, transmitted to the site A, and displayed on the monitor 50a. Therefore, the user 60a at the site A and the user 60b at the site B can experience a sense of reality as if they were duet at the same location while being away from each other.
  • applause and voices of the audience 70a at the site A are collected by the communication microphone 55a, transmitted to the site B, and reproduced through the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b at the site B.
  • applause and voice of the audience 70b at the site B are collected by the communication microphone 55b and reproduced via the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a at the site A. Therefore, the user 60a and the spectator 70a at the base A and the user 60b and the spectator 70b at the point B can experience a sense of reality as if they were in the same place while being away from each other.
  • the music data is downloaded by the karaoke device 20a at the base A, and the data obtained by reproducing the music data is transmitted from the karaoke device 20a to the karaoke device 20b.
  • Data may be downloaded and the downloaded music data may be reproduced in the karaoke apparatus 20b.
  • the karaoke apparatuses 20 at the two bases are connected.
  • the karaoke apparatuses 20 at a plurality of more points may be connected.
  • the karaoke device 20 at each base may transmit the data of the singing sound collected by the singing microphone 54 to the other connected karaoke devices 20.
  • the video of each site may be displayed in a composite manner on one screen, or may be displayed in a divided manner.
  • the singing voice received from each base is reproduced by mixing with the accompaniment sound.
  • the music data and the lyrics telop may be transmitted from the karaoke device 20 of the parent device to another karaoke device 20 or may be downloaded from the management server 10 by each karaoke device 20.
  • the connection state is maintained. For example, you can enjoy a duet with an acquaintance living in a remote area for a certain period of time.
  • the singing voices of a plurality of bases are mixed with the karaoke accompaniment sound and reproduced, it is possible to sing together between the bases even if they are not duets. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is not always necessary to sing at a plurality of locations simultaneously, and it may be only viewed at other locations.
  • the master karaoke apparatus 20a transmits an instruction to temporarily prohibit the operation of the music reservation list to another connected karaoke apparatus 20b (FIG. 7: S3).
  • the karaoke device 20a of the master unit operates and updates the music reservation list 90 as the master reservation list in accordance with a request from the karaoke device 20c (FIG. 7: S4).
  • the updated latest list is copied and transferred as update data to the karaoke apparatus 20c and the karaoke apparatus 20b (FIG. 7: S5, S6), and the music reservation list 90c, which is an individual reservation list in the karaoke apparatus 20c and the karaoke apparatus 20b, and The music reservation list 90b is stored (FIG. 7: S7, S8).
  • the master karaoke apparatus 20a permits the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c to operate the music reservation list again (FIG. 7: S9, S10).
  • the update unit that updates the music reservation list and the reflection unit that reflects the updated contents are both realized as functions of the control unit 21.
  • the music reservation list 90 as the master reservation list is managed in the karaoke apparatus of the master unit.
  • the management server 10 manages the music reservation list 90 as the master reservation list. It may be.
  • the operation content is managed as reservation data through the communication network 40. 10 (FIG. 9: S21).
  • the management server 10 Upon receiving the reservation data notification, the management server 10 transmits an instruction for temporarily prohibiting the operation of the music reservation list to the other connected karaoke apparatuses 20b and 20c (FIG. 9: S22, S23).
  • the management server 10 operates and updates the music reservation list 90 according to the request from the karaoke apparatus 20a (FIG. 9: S24).
  • the updated latest list is copied and transferred as update data to the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the karaoke device 20c (FIG. 9: S25, S26, S27), and the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the karaoke device 20c.
  • a music reservation list 90a, a music reservation list 90b, and a music reservation list 90c which are individual reservation lists (FIG. 9: S28, S29, S30).
  • the management server 10 permits the operation of the music reservation list again by the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c (FIG. 9: S31, S31).
  • the 1st update part which updates a reservation list is provided in the management server 10
  • each karaoke apparatus has the 2nd update part which transmits reservation data to the management server 10
  • a reflection unit that reflects the contents of the update transmitted from the management server 10 in each music reservation list may be provided.
  • the first update unit of the management server 10 is realized by the function of the control unit 11, and the second update unit and the reflection unit of each karaoke device are realized by the function of the control unit 21.
  • FIG. 6 there is a mutual communication request between the karaoke devices first from the karaoke device 20a, and the karaoke device 20a becomes the parent device, and communicates with the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c. Is assumed to be possible.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20c determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized ( FIG. 10: S41).
  • the operations that are subject to synchronization are performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations.
  • operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20c When the operation is an operation to be synchronized, the karaoke apparatus 20c first determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if the operation can be permitted, locks its own state. (FIG. 10: S42).
  • start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed.
  • performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc.
  • key control and tempo control operations can be permitted.
  • start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted when no performance is performed.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20c does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
  • the karaoke device 20c After the karaoke device 20c locks its own state, the karaoke device 20c inquires of other connected karaoke terminal devices 20a and karaoke devices 20b whether the operation is possible (FIG. 10: S43, S46).
  • the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b determine whether or not the operation can be permitted by themselves, and if the operation can be permitted, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b lock their own state (FIG. 10: S44, S47).
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a and the karaoke apparatus 20b respond to the karaoke apparatus 20c as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (FIG. 10: S45, S48).
  • Each karaoke device 20 is configured not to accept an operation request for itself or an operation request from another karaoke device 20 during the state lock period.
  • the karaoke device 20c that has made the inquiry (the device operated by the user) waits for a response indicating whether the operation is possible from all other karaoke devices 20a and 20b.
  • the request source cancels the operation request for all karaoke apparatuses 20 and an error message indicating that “the operation is being performed by another apparatus”. Is displayed.
  • the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c When all of the karaoke apparatuses 20a and karaoke apparatuses 20b have returned an operation permission response, the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c notifies the karaoke apparatus 20a and the karaoke apparatus 20b at each base station of a master reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents. Then, the reproduction control is instructed (FIG. 10: S49, S50).
  • the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b Upon receiving the instruction, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b perform their own reproduction control based on the master reproduction control command and release the lock (FIG. 10: S51, S52). Then, a completion notification is transmitted to the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c (FIG. 10: S53, S54).
  • the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c receives the completion notification from all the other karaoke apparatuses 20a and 20b, and then performs its own reproduction control to release the lock (FIG. 10: S54).
  • the above control may be performed under the management of the management server 10. For example, when an operation related to music playback control is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20a (FIG. 11: S60), the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized (FIG. 11: S61). ).
  • the operations to be synchronized are performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., key control, and tempo control, as described above.
  • operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations, as in the case described above.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a first determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state. (FIG. 11: S62).
  • start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed.
  • performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc.
  • key control and tempo control operations can be permitted.
  • start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted when no performance is performed.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a locks its own state, and then transmits a master reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents to the management server 10 to notify a request for synchronization processing (FIG. 10: S63).
  • the management server 10 Upon receiving the request, the management server 10 inquires of the other karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c whether or not the operation can be permitted (FIG. 11: S64, S67).
  • the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c determine whether or not the operation can be permitted by themselves, and if so, lock their own state (FIG. 10: S65, S68).
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c respond to the management server 10 as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (FIG. 11: S66, S69).
  • Each karaoke apparatus 20 is configured not to accept an operation request for itself or an operation request from the management server 10 during the state lock period.
  • the management server 10 waits for a response indicating whether the operation is possible from the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c.
  • the management server 10 cancels the operation request for all the karaoke devices 20 and an error indicating that “the operation is being performed by another device”. Display a message.
  • the management server 10 When the karaoke terminal device 20b and the karaoke device 20c return an operation permission response, the management server 10 notifies a master reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents to all the karaoke devices 20a, karaoke device 20b, and karaoke device 20c. Reproduction control is instructed (FIG. 11: S70, S73, S76).
  • the karaoke device 20a, karaoke device 20b, and karaoke device 20c that received the instruction perform their own reproduction control based on the master reproduction control command and release the lock (FIG. 11: S71, S74, S77). Then, a completion notification is transmitted to the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c (FIG. 11: S72, S75, S78).
  • the music performance operation performed on one karaoke device is reflected on all other karaoke devices connected in the communication mode, and therefore communicates with each other. Duet can be performed on all karaoke devices in the same state.
  • the content of playback control for music data is transmitted as a master playback control command by the master playback control output unit and reflected in the playback control of music data in the playback control unit has been described.
  • the unit and the reproduction control unit are realized as a function of the control unit 21.
  • the management server 10 master reproduction control command is transmitted from the second master reproduction control command output unit in any of the karaoke apparatus 20a, karaoke apparatus 20b, or karaoke apparatus 20c, and the first master reproduction control command output of the management server 10 is output.
  • the master reproduction control command is transmitted from the unit to the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c, and the reproduction control unit of the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c performs the reproduction control.
  • control unit 11 of the management server 10 functions as a first master reproduction control command output unit
  • control unit 21 of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the karaoke device 20c functions as a second master reproduction control command output unit.
  • a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the system of the present invention is applied to a musical instrument session.
  • a personal computer is used as the acoustic data processing apparatus.
  • the personal computer 80 at the site 1, the personal computer 81 at the site 2, and the personal computer 82 at the site 3 are connected to the management server 10 via the communication network 40. .
  • performance data of the guitar 81 is input to the personal computer 80 via the audio interface 82.
  • demonstration data on the keyboard 84 is input to the personal computer 83 via the audio interface 85.
  • performance data of the saxophone 87 collected by the microphone 88 via the audio interface 89 is input to the personal computer 86.
  • Each user of the site 1, the site 2, and the site 3 connects to the Internet and accesses the management server 10 by the personal computer 80, the personal computer 81, and the personal computer 82.
  • the login state of each user is managed by the management server 10 and can be confirmed from each personal computer 80, personal computer 81, and personal computer 82.
  • the user at the site 1 inquires the user at the site 2 and the user at the site 3 about participation in the session.
  • the management server 10 notifies the connection information of the personal computer 83 at the site 2 and the personal computer 86 at the site 3 to the personal computer 80 at the site 1.
  • the personal computer 80 at the site 1 accesses the personal computer 83 at the site 2 and the personal computer 86 at the site 3 based on the notified connection information, and uses the notified connection information and its own connection information for the personal computer at the site 2.
  • the notification is sent to the computer 83 and the personal computer 86 at the site 3.
  • the personal computer 80, the personal computer 81, and the personal computer 82 are connected to each other via the communication network 40 and can transmit and receive each other's performance data.
  • the performance data of each instrument is transmitted via the sound interface, and each performance data is received, mixed, and played back. Data can be played back and you can experience the presence as if you were in a single session.
  • the performance at each site can be transmitted to each site, and the video at each site can be reproduced by combining or split display.
  • the members participating in the session play the music data of the remaining music from which the parts to be played by themselves are removed, so-called minus one music data, as auxiliary data for accompaniment at each base. It may be. Further, auxiliary data such as metronome data and rhythm pattern data may be reproduced at each base. Further, auxiliary data such as lyrics data and musical score data may be displayed at each base. Minus-one music data, metronome data, rhythm pattern data, lyrics data or music score data is output from the management server or any personal computer, and may be played back or displayed in synchronization with each personal computer. Good.
  • the music reservation list may be operated from each site as in the embodiment of the karaoke apparatus described above. Also, when playing music data at each location in a musical instrument session, performance control such as start of music data, stop of performance, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., or performance control such as key control, tempo control, etc. You may make it synchronize in a base.
  • the reservation list is not limited to music data, and may be a reservation list such as metronome data, rhythm pattern data, musical score data, and lyrics data.
  • lyric data and score data may be displayed at each base. Further, the lyrics data and musical score data may be output from the management server or any personal computer and displayed in synchronization with each personal computer.
  • a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the network of the some karaoke apparatus 20 connected so that mutual communication was possible via the communication network 40 was comprised by the same kind of apparatus, and the database of the music data which can be used also is used.
  • the common case has been described.
  • the network of karaoke devices is not only composed of devices dedicated to karaoke (in the above-described embodiments, karaoke devices 20a to 20c), but can be connected to the karaoke system of the present invention.
  • This embodiment is different from the above-described embodiments in that a general-purpose terminal device is included as a karaoke device.
  • the music data database that can be used in such a general-purpose terminal device may be different from the music data database that can be used in the karaoke devices 20a to 20c dedicated to karaoke.
  • the number of songs in a database of music data that can be used in a general-purpose terminal device may be smaller than the number of songs in a database of music data that can be used in karaoke devices 20a to 20c dedicated to karaoke.
  • the present embodiment is different from the above-described embodiments in that the database of music data that can be used in the network of karaoke apparatuses may differ depending on the karaoke apparatus.
  • a home personal computer for example, a home personal computer, a stationary game machine, a smart TV, an STB (Set Top Box) or the like can be considered.
  • a tablet, a smart phone, a portable game machine, etc. can be connected to the karaoke system of the present invention by using an application for karaoke.
  • a karaoke device network is configured by karaoke devices 20a and 20b dedicated to karaoke and a smartphone 20 'as illustrated in FIG.
  • the system shown in FIG. 13 corresponds to the system shown in FIG. 6 described in the first embodiment.
  • the karaoke device 20a functions as a master device (master device), and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 ′ are slave devices. Function as.
  • the login method is the same as the method described in the first embodiment, and the smartphone 20 ′ activates a karaoke application installed in advance and makes a login request to the management server 10.
  • Login to is enabled.
  • device information is recorded in addition to ID information and profile information, and information for identifying the smartphone 20 ′ is recorded as the device information.
  • the karaoke device 20a that is the parent device is the karaoke device 20b dedicated to karaoke when accessed from the smartphone 20 '. Can recognize that the access is from a different type of device.
  • the database of music data that can be used by the smartphone 20 ′ is configured by purchasing a reproduction right or downloading the purchased music to the smartphone 20 ′ at a music purchase site. Therefore, in general, the number of songs in the song data database that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′ is smaller than the number of songs in the song data database that can be used by the karaoke devices 20 a and 20 b that are devices dedicated to karaoke. As a result, the music reserved in the karaoke apparatuses 20a and 20b may not be used on the smartphone 20 '.
  • the music reservation list is not immediately updated, but the reservation is performed by the determination unit of the karaoke device 20a which is the parent device. It is determined whether or not the music related to is available in all karaoke devices, and the music reservation list is updated only when a positive determination result is obtained.
  • the determination unit is a function realized by the control unit 21.
  • the music reservation list synchronization processing according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15.
  • the operation content is stored as reservation data through the communication network 40 and the parent device.
  • the karaoke device 20a is notified (S2).
  • the karaoke device 20a of the parent device determines whether or not the music related to the reservation data is a music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 ′. (S11).
  • the determination method only the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, may be inquired about whether or not the music can be reproduced, and each device including the karaoke device 20a itself may be used. An inquiry may be made as to whether or not the music can be reproduced.
  • the karaoke device 20a which is the parent device, may inquire in advance for information on music pieces that can be used in the smartphone 20 ', store the information in the karaoke device 20a, and determine based on the stored information.
  • the karaoke device that is the parent device 20a notifies the apparatus that performed the reservation operation, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20b (S12), and the karaoke apparatus 20b that has received the error notification displays an error (S13).
  • the karaoke device 20a which is the parent device, notifies the device that cannot reproduce the music related to the reservation data that the music has been reserved but cannot be reproduced (S14). For example, in the smartphone 20 ′, when the music related to the reservation data is not purchased, the music cannot be reproduced on the smartphone 20 ′. In such a case, when the music piece is reserved in another karaoke apparatus, a notification that the music piece has been reserved but cannot be reproduced is given to the smartphone 20 '.
  • the smartphone 20 displays the received music so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible music (S15). For example, the notified song is displayed in gray out, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible songs. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know that there has been a reservation request for a song that has not been purchased.
  • the purchase of the song will be promoted by such display.
  • the smartphone 20 ′ selects the grayed out music (S100)
  • the smartphone 20 ' Notifies the karaoke device 20a, which is the parent device, that the song has been selected (S101).
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a which is the master unit that has received this notification, searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S102). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10, and the management server 10 is inquired from the karaoke device 20a, or purchase site information is sent from the management server 10 to the karaoke device 20a. Is transmitted in advance, the purchase site can be searched for in the karaoke apparatus 20a.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a that acquired the purchase site information of the music notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S103). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S104). As a result, the music is expected to be purchased on the purchase site.
  • any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if the music reservation list is operated in, the content of the operation is reflected in the music reservation list in other karaoke devices, so even if each karaoke device is in a remote place, it is as if in one room. You can enjoy karaoke like you are.
  • the music data database is not shared. It is determined whether or not the karaoke device can be played back, and if it cannot be played back, an error message is displayed to prevent this from happening in some devices connected to the online karaoke system. Can do.
  • the music is displayed separately from other music, or the purchase site of the music is limited. Since it comprised so, the purchase of a music can be promoted.
  • a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • a determination unit is provided in the karaoke device of the parent device, and the determination unit determines whether or not the music related to the reservation can be reproduced by all devices.
  • this embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that a relay server 90 capable of communicating with the management server 10 is provided and a determination unit is provided in the relay server 90 as shown in FIG.
  • this embodiment is an example of managing and updating a music reservation list 90 as a master reservation list in the management server 10 as shown in FIG. 17, and an example corresponding to the system of the second embodiment shown in FIG. It is.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the smartphone 20 constitute a network of karaoke apparatuses. Since the smartphone 20 ′ is similar to the smartphone described in the fifth embodiment, description thereof is omitted.
  • the management server 10 Upon receiving the reservation data notification, the management server 10 notifies the reservation data to the relay server 90 (S105). Receiving this notification, the relay server 90 determines whether or not the music related to the reservation data is a music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S106). The determination method may be to inquire through the management server 10 whether or not the music piece can be reproduced only to the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, or the karaoke device 20a itself. In addition, it may be inquired via the management server 10 whether the music can be reproduced by each device. Alternatively, the management server 10 may inquire about information on music that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′, store the result, and the relay server 90 may inquire and determine the management server 10.
  • the relay server 90 This is notified to the management server 10 (S107).
  • the management server 10 notifies an error to the apparatus that performed the reservation operation, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20a (S108), and the karaoke apparatus 20a that has received the error notification displays an error (S109).
  • the management server 10 notifies the device that cannot reproduce the music related to the reservation data that the music has been reserved but cannot be reproduced (S110). For example, in the smartphone 20 ′, when the music related to the reservation data is not purchased, the music cannot be reproduced on the smartphone 20 ′. In such a case, when the music piece is reserved in another karaoke apparatus, a notification that the music piece has been reserved but cannot be reproduced is given to the smartphone 20 '.
  • the device that has received this notification in this example, the smartphone 20 ', displays the received song so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible songs (S111). For example, the notified song is displayed in gray out, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible songs. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know that there has been a reservation request for a song that has not been purchased.
  • the purchase of the song will be promoted by such display.
  • the smartphone 20 ′ selects the grayed out music (S112)
  • the smartphone 20 ' Notifies the karaoke apparatus 20a which is the parent machine that the song has been selected (S113).
  • the management server 10 Upon receiving this notification, the management server 10 searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S114). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10 in advance, and a corresponding purchase site may be searched from among them. Alternatively, purchase site information may be stored in the relay server 90 and the management server 10 may inquire the relay server 90.
  • the management server 10 that has acquired the music purchase site information notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S115). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S116). As a result, the music is expected to be purchased on the purchase site.
  • any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if the music reservation list is operated in, the content of the operation is reflected in the music reservation list in other karaoke devices, so even if each karaoke device is in a remote place, it is as if in one room. You can enjoy karaoke like you are.
  • the music data database is not shared. It is determined whether or not the karaoke device can be played back, and if it cannot be played back, an error message is displayed to prevent this from happening in some devices connected to the online karaoke system. Can do.
  • the music is displayed separately from other music, or the purchase site of the music is limited. Since it comprised so, the purchase of a music can be promoted.
  • this embodiment demonstrated the example which provided the relay server 90 which can communicate with the management server 10, and provided the determination part in the relay server 90 in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates a master reservation list.
  • the relay server 90 that can communicate with the master unit is provided, and the relay server 90 includes a determination unit. You may make it perform the determination process of the music which concerns on a reservation which was demonstrated with the form.
  • a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
  • 5th Embodiment and 6th Embodiment the example which determines whether the music which concerns on a reservation was reproducible in all the karaoke apparatuses was demonstrated.
  • this embodiment is an example in which only the music that can be played back on all karaoke apparatuses is displayed as a search target when the search operation before the reservation operation is performed.
  • the karaoke device in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device serves as a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the karaoke device includes a search processing unit.
  • the search processing unit is realized by the control unit 21.
  • the karaoke device 20a is a master device, and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'are connected to a network of karaoke devices.
  • the operation content is the search operation data as a karaoke device serving as a master unit through the communication network 40. 20a is notified (S201).
  • the master karaoke apparatus 20a receives the notification of the search operation data, extracts music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S202).
  • the smartphone 20 ′ which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, is inquired about the reproducible music, and the common music with the music that can be played back by the dedicated karaoke device is used.
  • the method of extracting is mentioned.
  • the karaoke device 20a which is the parent device inquires in advance about the information of the music that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′, stores the information in the karaoke device 20a, and the stored music and the music that can be reproduced in the dedicated karaoke device.
  • the common part may be extracted.
  • the master karaoke apparatus 20a transfers the extracted music list to the apparatus that performed the search operation, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20b (S203).
  • the karaoke device 20b when a reservation operation is performed based on the extracted music list, the music related to the reservation is a music that can be played back in any karaoke device, and therefore different. Even when various types of karaoke devices are connected, karaoke devices can be enjoyed as if they were in one room by using karaoke devices located at different locations.
  • the karaoke device 20a that is the master unit is found to have a shortage of songs that can be played back on a specific karaoke device compared to other karaoke devices. Therefore, the karaoke apparatus 20a notifies the corresponding karaoke apparatus of such a deficient song (S204). For example, when the corresponding karaoke apparatus is the smartphone 20 ', the lacking music is notified to the smartphone 20'.
  • the device that has received this notification in this example, the smartphone 20 ', displays the received insufficient music so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible music (S205). For example, the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible music. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know a song that is lacking compared to other karaoke apparatuses.
  • the purchase of the deficient music will be promoted by such display.
  • the user of the smartphone 20 'selects any of the shortage music that has been grayed out.
  • the smartphone 20 ′ notifies the karaoke device 20a, which is the parent device, that the insufficient music has been selected (S207).
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a Upon receiving this notification, the karaoke apparatus 20a, which is the master unit, searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S208). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10, and the management server 10 is inquired from the karaoke device 20a, or purchase site information is sent from the management server 10 to the karaoke device 20a. Is transmitted in advance, the purchase site can be searched for in the karaoke apparatus 20a.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a that has acquired the music purchase site information notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S209). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S210). As a result, it is expected that the insufficient music is purchased on the purchase site.
  • any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if a music search operation is performed in FIG. 4, only music that can be played back on all karaoke devices is displayed as a search target, so that the music related to the reservation can be played back on all karaoke devices. As a result, karaoke can be enjoyed as if it were in one room even if each karaoke apparatus is in a remote place.
  • the lacking songs are displayed separately from other songs, or the purchase site of the lacking songs is limited. Since it comprised so that the purchase of a music can be accelerated
  • the present embodiment includes a relay server 90 that can communicate with the management server 10 as shown in FIG.
  • the relay server 90 includes an extraction unit, and the extraction unit extracts music to be searched that can be reproduced by all karaoke apparatuses.
  • the search target music extraction process in the present embodiment will be described.
  • the operation content is notified to the management server 10 as search operation data via the communication network 40 (S301). ).
  • the management server 10 Upon receiving the search operation data notification, the management server 10 notifies the search operation data to the relay server 90 (S302). Receiving this notification, the relay server 90 extracts music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S303).
  • the relay server 90 extracts music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S303).
  • an extraction method for example, only the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, is inquired about the reproducible music, and the common music with the music that can be played back by the dedicated karaoke device is used. The method of extracting is mentioned. In addition, the music that can be reproduced by each karaoke device may be inquired, and the common music may be extracted.
  • the management server 10 inquires in advance about music information that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′, stores the information in the management server 10, and extracts a common part between the stored music and music that can be played back on a dedicated karaoke device. You may make it do.
  • the relay server 90 transfers the extracted music list to the management server 10 (S304).
  • the management server 10 transfers the extracted music list to the device that performed the search operation, in this example, the karaoke device 20a (S305).
  • the music related to the reservation is a music that can be played back in any karaoke device, and therefore different.
  • karaoke devices can be enjoyed as if they were in one room by using karaoke devices located at different locations.
  • the management server 10 finds out that the number of songs that can be played back on a specific karaoke device is insufficient as compared with other karaoke devices as a result of the extraction process described above. Therefore, the management server 10 notifies the corresponding karaoke device of such a lack of music (S306). For example, when the corresponding karaoke apparatus is the smartphone 20 ', the lacking music is notified to the smartphone 20'.
  • the device that has received this notification in this example, the smartphone 20 ', displays the received insufficient music so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible music (S307).
  • the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible music.
  • the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know a song that is lacking compared to other karaoke apparatuses.
  • the purchase of the deficient music will be promoted by such display.
  • the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, and the shortage music that has been grayed out is selectable
  • the user of the smartphone 20 'selects any of the shortage music that has been grayed out.
  • the smartphone 20 ′ notifies the management server 10 that the insufficient music has been selected (S309).
  • the management server 10 searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S310). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10 and a search is performed based on the stored information. Alternatively, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the relay server 90, and the management server 10 inquires the relay server 90, or the relay server 90 transmits information on the purchase site to the management server 10 in advance. By doing so, the management server 10 can search for the purchase site.
  • the management server 10 that acquired the music purchase site information notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S311). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S312). As a result, it is expected that the insufficient music is purchased on the purchase site.
  • any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if a music search operation is performed in FIG. 4, only music that can be played back on all karaoke devices is displayed as a search target, so that the music related to the reservation can be played back on all karaoke devices. As a result, karaoke can be enjoyed as if it were in one room even if each karaoke apparatus is in a remote place.
  • the lacking songs are displayed separately from other songs, or the purchase site of the lacking songs is limited. Since it comprised so that the purchase of a music can be accelerated
  • this embodiment demonstrated the example which provided the relay server 90 which can communicate with the management server 10, and provided the extraction part in the relay server 90 in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates a master reservation list.
  • the relay server 90 that can communicate with the parent device is provided, and the relay server 90 includes an extraction unit. You may make it perform the extraction process of the music of the search object which can be reproduced
  • the karaoke device in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device serves as a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the karaoke device includes an individual reproduction control command output unit, a reproduction control unit, Is provided.
  • the individual reproduction control command output unit and the reproduction control unit are realized by the control unit 21.
  • the karaoke device 20a is a master device, and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'are connected to a network of karaoke devices.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized ( S41).
  • the operations to be synchronized include performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., key control, and tempo control.
  • the operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state ( S42). For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, replay, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted. The karaoke apparatus 20b does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b After the karaoke apparatus 20b locks its own state, the karaoke apparatus 20b notifies the parent apparatus karaoke apparatus 20a of an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the operation of the reproduction control, and makes an operation permission inquiry (S400). Upon receiving this inquiry, the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether or not the content of the reproduction control operation indicated by the individual reproduction control command, for example, the reproduction control command is common to all the karaoke apparatuses. The determination method may be such that the karaoke device 20a makes an inquiry to another karaoke device, or commands of each karaoke device are stored in advance in the management server 10, and the management server 10 is inquired from the karaoke device 20a or managed. You may memorize
  • command conversion is performed for the device (S401).
  • the command is used as it is (S401). That is, the conversion process (S401) shown in FIG. 22 includes both a case where the command is converted and a case where the command is used as it is.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a which is the master unit, transmits an converted command to the apparatus that uses a command different from the reproduction control command indicated by the individual reproduction control command, and inquires about the operation permission ( S402).
  • the command is sent as it is and an operation permission inquiry is made (S402). That is, when there are a plurality of destination karaoke apparatuses, the converted command is transmitted to a certain apparatus, and the pre-conversion command is transmitted to another apparatus.
  • the converted command is transmitted to the smartphone 20'.
  • the karaoke device that has received the inquiry for the operation permission in this example, the karaoke device 20a and the smartphone 20 ′ determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if the operation can be permitted, The state is locked (S44, S47).
  • the karaoke device 20a responds to the karaoke device 20b as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (S45). Further, the smartphone 20 ′ responds to the karaoke apparatus 20 a as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (S403). The karaoke apparatus 20a transmits this response to the karaoke apparatus 20b as a master unit (S404).
  • Each karaoke device 20 and the smartphone 20 ′ do not accept an operation request on its own and an operation request from another karaoke device 20 during the state lock period.
  • the inquiring karaoke apparatus 20b (the apparatus operated by the user) waits for a response indicating whether the operation is possible from all the other karaoke apparatuses 20a and the smartphone 20 '.
  • the request source cancels the operation requests for all karaoke devices 20 and smartphones 20 ′, and “operates by other devices”. Error message is displayed.
  • the requesting karaoke apparatus 20b When the karaoke apparatus 20a and the smartphone 20 ′ return a response indicating that the operation is permitted, the requesting karaoke apparatus 20b notifies the karaoke apparatus 20a of an individual reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents, and instructs reproduction control (S49). .
  • the karaoke device 20a serving as the parent device converts the command related to the reproduction control in accordance with the karaoke device of the transmission destination or the individual reproduction control command by using it as it is, as in the case where the operation permission inquiry is made. (S405) and notifies each karaoke device of an individual reproduction control command (S50).
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a itself uses a command that is not converted, and notifies the converted command to the smartphone 20 '.
  • the karaoke device 20a and the smartphone 20 Upon receiving the instruction, the karaoke device 20a and the smartphone 20 'perform their own playback control based on the individual playback control command and release the lock (S51, S52). Then, the karaoke apparatus 20a transmits a completion notification to the requesting karaoke apparatus 20b (S53). The smartphone 20 'transmits a completion notification to the karaoke device 20a (S406), and the karaoke device 20a as the parent device transmits the completion notification to the karaoke device 20b (S407).
  • the requesting karaoke device 20b receives the completion notification from all the other karaoke devices 20a and the smartphone 20 ', and then performs its own reproduction control to release the lock (S54).
  • the music performance operation performed by one karaoke device is connected in the communication mode. Therefore, the karaoke can be enjoyed in the same state on all the karaoke apparatuses communicating with each other.
  • the ninth embodiment converts a playback control command when a different karaoke apparatus is connected in a communication karaoke system in which one of the karaoke apparatuses serves as a master unit to manage and update the master reservation list.
  • An example was described.
  • this embodiment is an example of converting a playback control command when different types of karaoke apparatuses are connected in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates the master reservation list.
  • the present embodiment includes a relay server 90 that can communicate with the management server 10, and the relay server 90 includes a conversion unit.
  • this embodiment is an example which manages and updates the music reservation list 90 as a master reservation list in the management server 10, as shown in FIG. 17, and a karaoke apparatus by karaoke apparatus 20a, karaoke apparatus 20b, and smart phone 20 '. Network is configured.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized (S61).
  • the operations to be synchronized are performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, and fast forward, and key control and tempo control operations, as in the case described above.
  • operations that are not subject to synchronization are, as in the case described above, site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a first determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state. (S62). For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, replay, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20a does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted. However, if the operation is permitted, the karaoke apparatus 20a locks its own state, and then transmits an individual reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents to the management server 10 to perform synchronization processing. A request is notified (S63).
  • the management server 10 that has received the request notifies the relay server 90 of the individual reproduction control command (S411). Receiving this inquiry, the relay server 90 determines whether or not the content of the playback control operation indicated by the individual playback control command, for example, the playback control command is common to all the karaoke apparatuses.
  • the determination method may be such that an inquiry is made to another karaoke device via the management server 10, or the command of each karaoke device is stored in the management server 10 in advance and the management server 10 is inquired from the relay server 90.
  • the command of each karaoke device acquired from the management server 10 may be stored in the relay server 90.
  • the command is converted for the device (S412), and the management server 10 is notified (S413).
  • the command is used as it is (S412), and the management server 10 is notified (S413). That is, the conversion process (S412) shown in FIG. 23 includes both a case where the command is converted and a case where the command is used as it is.
  • the management server 10 that has received the notification of the converted command or the command before conversion from the relay server 90 converts the device using a command different from the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command.
  • An operation permission inquiry is performed by transmitting the command (S414).
  • the command is sent as it is and an operation permission inquiry is made (S414). That is, when there are a plurality of destination karaoke apparatuses, the converted command is transmitted to a certain apparatus, and the pre-conversion command is transmitted to another apparatus.
  • the converted command is transmitted to the smartphone 20'.
  • the karaoke apparatus which received the inquiry of the operation permission in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20b and the smartphone 20 ′ determine whether or not the operation can be permitted, and if the operation can be permitted, The state is locked (S68).
  • the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 respond to the management server 10 as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (S69).
  • the management server 10 transmits this response to the karaoke apparatus 20a (S404).
  • Each karaoke device 20 and the smartphone 20 ′ do not accept an operation request on its own and an operation request from another karaoke device 20 during the state lock period.
  • the inquiring karaoke apparatus 20a (the apparatus operated by the user) waits for a response indicating that the operation is possible from all the other karaoke apparatuses 20a and the smartphone 20 '.
  • the request source cancels the operation requests for all karaoke devices 20 and smartphones 20 ′, and “operates by other devices”. Error message is displayed.
  • the management server 10 When the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'return a response indicating that the operation is permitted to the management server 10, the management server 10 notifies the karaoke device 20a of these responses (S415). Receiving this notification, the requesting karaoke apparatus 20a notifies the management server 10 of an individual reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents, and instructs reproduction control (S416). The management server 10 notifies the relay server 90 of the individual reproduction control command in the same manner as when there is an operation permission inquiry (S417).
  • the relay server 90 converts the command related to the playback control in accordance with the karaoke device of the transmission destination or uses it as it is as an individual playback control command (S418), and makes the individual playback to the management server 10 A control command is notified (S419).
  • the command not to be converted is notified for the karaoke apparatuses 20a and 20b, and the converted command is notified to the management server 10 for the smartphone 20 '.
  • the management server 10 notifies the converted command notified from the relay server 90 to the smartphone 20 ', and notifies the karaoke apparatus 20b of the command before conversion (S420). Further, the command before conversion is notified to the karaoke apparatus 20a (S421).
  • the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 'that received the instruction perform their own reproduction control based on the individual reproduction control command and release the lock (S71, S77). Then, the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 'transmit a completion notification to the management server 10 (S72, S78).
  • the music performance operation performed by one karaoke device is connected in the communication mode. Therefore, the karaoke can be enjoyed in the same state on all the karaoke apparatuses communicating with each other.
  • this embodiment demonstrated the example which provided the relay server 90 which can communicate with the management server 10, and provided the conversion part in the relay server 90 in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates a master reservation list.
  • a relay server 90 that can communicate with the master unit is provided, and the relay server 90 includes a conversion unit. The command conversion process as described in the embodiment may be performed.
  • the karaoke devices 20a, 20b, and 20c which are devices dedicated to karaoke, support all playback controls of normal playback, pause, fast reverse / fast forward, tempo control, and playback key control. Yes.
  • a circle indicates that the control is supported by the apparatus, and a cross indicates that the control is not supported by the apparatus.
  • the smartphone 20 ′ or tablet as a portable device supports normal playback, pause, fast reverse / fast forward, and playback key control, but does not support tempo control. Not. In the stationary game machine, normal playback, pause, and playback key control are supported, but fast reverse / fast forward and tempo control are not supported.
  • the karaoke device in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device serves as a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the karaoke device includes an individual reproduction control command output unit, a reproduction control unit, Is provided.
  • the individual reproduction control command output unit and the reproduction control unit are realized by the control unit 21.
  • the flowchart shown in FIG. 24 corresponds to the flowchart shown in FIG.
  • the karaoke device 20a is a parent device, and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'are connected to a network of karaoke devices.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized ( S41).
  • the operations to be synchronized include performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., key control, and tempo control.
  • the operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state ( S42). For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, replay, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted. The karaoke apparatus 20b does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
  • the karaoke apparatus 20b After the karaoke apparatus 20b locks its own state, the karaoke apparatus 20b notifies the parent apparatus karaoke apparatus 20a of an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the operation of the reproduction control, and makes an operation permission inquiry (S400). Upon receiving this inquiry, the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether or not the content of the reproduction control operation indicated by the individual reproduction control command, for example, the reproduction control command is supported by all the karaoke apparatuses. The determination method may be such that the karaoke device 20a makes an inquiry to another karaoke device, or the contents of reproduction control supported by each karaoke device are stored in advance in the management server 10 and managed from the karaoke device 20a. The content of the reproduction control supported by each karaoke device acquired from the management server 10 may be stored in the karaoke device 20a.
  • a karaoke device 20b which is a karaoke dedicated device, receives a permission inquiry about tempo control operation. Since the karaoke device 20a is the same type of device as the karaoke device 20b, the tempo control performed by the karaoke device 20b can be directly executed in the karaoke device 20a. However, as shown in FIG. 26, the smartphone 20 'does not support tempo control.
  • the tempo control operation is permitted in the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20a, the tempo control cannot be performed in the smartphone 20 ′, and therefore the tempo of the music being reproduced in the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20a. And the tempo of the music reproduced on the smartphone 20 ′ is different.
  • playback control that is not supported by any of these devices is handled as an error, so that a common playback environment is always provided in a karaoke device network to which different types of devices are connected. It is possible to enjoy karaoke even if each device is in a remote place, or even if the devices connected to the network are different types, as if they were in the same room.
  • the playback control supported in each karaoke device is determined in the karaoke device as the parent device.
  • the relay server 90 that can communicate with the management server 10 is provided, and the relay server 90 determines the playback control supported by each karaoke device. You may do it.
  • a relay server 90 that can communicate with the parent device is provided, and the relay server 90 is supported by each karaoke device.
  • the playback control that is being performed may be determined.
  • ⁇ L Application example>
  • a karaoke device as a sound data processing device or a personal computer and a management server are configured as separate devices.
  • the sound data processing device itself may have a function as a management server. It is also possible to configure.
  • each terminal at each base stores music data for accompaniment, metronome data, rhythm pattern data, lyrics data, score data, or the like. You may make it reproduce
  • lyrics data and musical score data etc.
  • accompaniment music data, metronome data, rhythm pattern data, lyric data, music score data, etc. are played back by the master terminal, and the played back data is sent to other terminals for playback. You may do it.
  • the terminal as the acoustic data processing apparatus may always be fixed as the master unit and the slave unit, or the terminal that first transmitted the communication request is the master unit, and the request is acknowledged. You may make it the terminal which did as a subunit
  • the terminal may always fixing as a parent device and a child device, only the parent device may be provided with a reservation list updating means, and only the child device may be provided with a reservation list reflecting means.
  • the management server may reflect the contents of the update in the reservation list, and the reflected reservation list may be distributed to the terminals as the respective acoustic data processing devices.
  • the present invention can be applied to devices other than devices dedicated to karaoke.
  • the present invention can be applied to various devices such as a personal computer, a portable information terminal (for example, a mobile phone or a smart phone), and a game device.
  • a program describing the processing in the karaoke apparatus is stored and distributed in a storage medium such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory, or distributed using an electric communication line such as the Internet. Is also possible.
  • the present invention is encompassed as “acoustic data processing apparatus”, and the karaoke apparatus and the terminal for musical instrument session described in the above embodiments are examples of “acoustic data processing apparatus”.
  • a duet, a musical instrument session, or the like can be continuously performed with a desired partner for a certain period of time even when the bases are separated from each other, and the apparatus can be operated from the bases.
  • 100 Communication karaoke system
  • 10 Management server, 20, 20a, 20b, 20c ... Karaoke device, 20 '... Smartphone, 40 ... Communication network, 60 ... User, 90, 90' ... Music reservation list.

Abstract

With a first karaoke device (20a) and a second karaoke device (20b) that are connected so as to be able to communicate with each other, the same piece of music is played at the same time and singing sound input to one karaoke device is communicated and played back on the other. When a song scheduling operation by a user is detected in either the first karaoke device (20a) or the second karaoke device (20b), a song scheduling list is updated by a song scheduling list updating means. The updated song scheduling list is reflected in the song scheduling lists in storage means in the first karaoke device (20a) and the second karaoke device (20b) by a song scheduling list reflection means.

Description

音響データ処理装置および音響データ通信システムAcoustic data processing apparatus and acoustic data communication system
 本発明は、相互に通信可能に接続された複数のカラオケ装置を含み、各カラオケ装置では同一の楽曲が同時に再生され、各カラオケ装置に入力された歌唱音が相互に通信されて再生され、複数の拠点にあるカラオケ装置を仮想的に一元化する通信カラオケシステムの技術に関する。 The present invention includes a plurality of karaoke apparatuses connected to each other so that they can communicate with each other. In each karaoke apparatus, the same music is reproduced simultaneously, and the singing sound input to each karaoke apparatus is communicated with each other and reproduced. Relates to the technology of a communication karaoke system that virtually unifies karaoke equipment at the base of the company.
 遠隔デュエットを目的として、多拠点間を通信網を介して接続し、映像や音声をやり取りするカラオケシステムが従来から提案されている(例えば特許文献1)。また、歌唱者のIDや歌唱希望の楽曲情報、あるいはパート情報、もしくはキーコントロール等の演奏情報をサーバに登録し、条件にマッチするデュエット希望者の応募を受け付けるシステムが提案されている(例えば特許文献2または特許文献3)。このシステムでは、デュエット相手が現れた場合には、その楽曲に限って遠隔デュエットを頼めるようにシステムと通信網の経路が制御されるようになっている。 For the purpose of remote duet, a karaoke system that connects multiple bases via a communication network and exchanges video and audio has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1). In addition, a system has been proposed in which performance information such as a singer's ID, music information desired to be sung, part information, or key control is registered in a server, and applications for duet applicants matching the conditions are accepted (for example, patents). Document 2 or Patent Document 3). In this system, when a duet partner appears, the route between the system and the communication network is controlled so that a remote duet can be requested only for the music.
日本国特開2005-77485号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-77485 日本国特許第4062328号Japanese Patent No. 40623328 日本国特許第4100424号Japanese Patent No. 4100194
 しかしながら、特許文献1~3のシステムは、あくまで楽曲単位でエントリーを行ってデュエット相手を探し、歌唱することを目的としている。したがって、特定の相手、例えば、遠隔地に住む知人同士が、一定時間継続して一緒にカラオケを楽しむ用途には適していない。 However, the systems disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 3 are intended to search for duets by singing in units of music and singing. Therefore, it is not suitable for a specific partner, for example, acquaintances living in remote places, to enjoy karaoke together for a certain period of time.
 また、特許文献1~3のシステムでは、デュエット対象曲としてエントリー募集可能な楽曲以外は、遠隔で一緒に歌うことができない。さらに、特許文献1~3のシステムでは、デュエットを呼びかけた利用者の装置と、応答した利用者の装置の間に主従関係があり、従となる拠点からは自由に装置を操作できない。 In addition, in the systems of Patent Documents 1 to 3, it is not possible to sing together remotely except for music that can be entered for duet. Furthermore, in the systems disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 3, there is a master-slave relationship between the user device calling for a duet and the user device responding, and the device cannot be operated freely from the slave base.
 以上の事情を考慮して、本発明は、互いに離れた拠点にいる場合でも、希望する相手と一定時間継続してデュエット、楽器セッション等を行うことができ、互いの拠点から装置の操作が可能な音響データ通信システムを提供することを目的とする。 In consideration of the above circumstances, the present invention can perform a duet, a musical instrument session, etc. with a desired partner for a certain period of time even when the bases are separated from each other, and the device can be operated from each base. It is an object to provide an acoustic data communication system.
 以上の課題を解決するために、本発明の音響データ処理装置は、少なくとも一つの他の音響データ処理装置と相互に通信可能に接続され、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを参照可能な音響データ処理装置であって、ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力する入力部と、前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生する再生部と、前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶する記憶部と、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新する更新部と、前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映させる反映部とを備える。 In order to solve the above problems, an acoustic data processing device of the present invention is connected to at least one other acoustic data processing device so as to be able to communicate with each other, and a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to be able to communicate with each other An audio data processing apparatus that can refer to a master reservation list that designates the performance order of songs that are recognized in common, an input unit for inputting performance data obtained by the performance of the user's music, and the user's music When a reproducing unit that reproduces auxiliary data that assists a performance and the demonstration data, a storage unit that stores an individual reservation list that specifies the performance order of the music, and a reservation operation that reserves the performance order of the music An update unit for updating the contents of the master reservation list, and when the contents of the master reservation list are updated, the change contents of the master reservation list are changed to the individual And a reflecting unit for reflecting about the list.
 以上の構成においては、ユーザによる楽曲の予約操作がなされた場合には、更新部によりマスター予約リストの更新が行われる。そして、更新された内容は少なくとも一つの他の音響データ処理装置に送信される。また、少なくとも一つの他の音響データ処理装置から更新の内容を受信した場合には、反映部により、その更新の内容が個別予約リストに反映される。したがって、少なくとも更新部を備える音響データ処理装置と、少なくとも反映部を備える音響データ処理装置とがそれぞれ離れた場所に設置されている場合には、いずれの場所から楽曲の予約操作を行っても、その操作を各場所の各音響データ処理装置に反映させることができるという利点がある。 In the above configuration, when the user performs a music reservation operation, the update unit updates the master reservation list. The updated content is transmitted to at least one other acoustic data processing device. When the update content is received from at least one other acoustic data processing device, the update content is reflected in the individual reservation list by the reflection unit. Therefore, if the acoustic data processing device including at least the update unit and the acoustic data processing device including at least the reflection unit are installed in separate locations, the music reservation operation can be performed from any location, There is an advantage that the operation can be reflected in each acoustic data processing device in each place.
 本発明の好適な第一の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、前記マスター予約リストは、前記複数の音響データ処理装置と通信可能な管理装置で管理され、前記更新部は、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、当該予約操作の内容を示す予約データを前記管理装置に送信し、前記反映部は、前記管理装置から前記マスター予約リストの更新内容を示す更新データを受信すると、当該更新データを前記個別予約ファイルに反映させるようにしてもよい。第一の態様によれば、管理装置と通信可能な複数の音響データ処理装置がそれぞれ離れた場所に設置されている場合でも、いずれの場所から楽曲の予約操作を行っても、その操作を各場所の各音響データ処理装置に反映させることができるという利点がある。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred first aspect of the present invention, the master reservation list is managed by a management device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and the updating unit performs the demonstration of the music piece. When a reservation operation for reserving an order is performed, reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation is transmitted to the management device, and the reflecting unit receives update data indicating the update content of the master reservation list from the management device Then, the update data may be reflected in the individual reservation file. According to the first aspect, even when a plurality of acoustic data processing devices communicable with the management device are installed at separate locations, the operation is performed regardless of whether the music reservation operation is performed from any location. There is an advantage that it can be reflected in each acoustic data processing device of the place.
 本発明の好適な第二の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置のうちいずれか一つがマスター装置として動作し、前記マスター装置以外はスレーブ装置として動作し、前記マスター装置の前記個別予約リストは前記マスター予約リストであり、前記更新部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、当該予約操作の内容を示す予約データを前記マスター装置に送信し、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記予約データ、または、当該音響データ処理装置の予約操作の内容を示す予約データに基づいて前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新し、前記反映部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記マスター装置から前記マスター予約リストの更新内容を示す更新データを受信すると、当該更新データを前記個別予約ファイルに反映させるようにしてもよい。第二の態様によれば、複数の音響データ処理装置の一つがマスター装置として動作し、各音響データ処理装置がそれぞれ離れた場所に設置されている場合でも、いずれの場所から楽曲の予約操作を行っても、その操作を各場所の各音響データ処理装置に反映させることができるという利点がある。 In the acoustic data processing device according to the preferred second aspect of the present invention, any one of a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected to be communicable with each other operates as a master device, and a slave other than the master device is a slave. Reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music when the individual reservation list of the master device is the master reservation list and the update unit operates as the slave device Is transmitted to the master device, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the reservation data received from the slave device or the acoustic data Based on the reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation of the data processing device, the content of the master reservation list is The reflection unit, when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, receives update data indicating the update contents of the master reservation list from the master device, and stores the update data in the individual reservation file. You may make it reflect. According to the second aspect, even if one of the plurality of acoustic data processing devices operates as a master device and each acoustic data processing device is installed at a location separated from each other, the music reservation operation can be performed from any location. Even if it performs, there exists an advantage that the operation can be reflected in each acoustic data processing apparatus of each place.
 本発明の好適な第三の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される再生の制御に関する制御操作の内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを参照可能であり、前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを出力するマスター再生制御コマンド出力部と、前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備え、前記マスター再生制御コマンドは、前記複数の音響データ処理装置と通信可能な管理装置で受信されると共に、前記管理装置から前記複数の音響データ処理装置のそれぞれに送信され、前記マスター再生制御コマンド出力部は、前記制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを前記管理装置に送信し、前記再生制御部は、前記管理装置から受信した前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行うようにしてもよい。一の音響データ処理装置で再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容はマスター再生制御コマンドとして他の音響データ処理装置に伝えられ、反映される。したがって、音響データ処理装置がそれぞれ離れた場合にある場合でも、それぞれの拠点で共通に再生制御された楽曲またはリズムを利用することができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to the preferred third aspect of the present invention, the master reproduction indicating the content of the control operation relating to the reproduction control recognized in common by a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to communicate with each other A control command can be referred to, and when a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit is performed, a master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation, and the master playback control A reproduction control unit that controls reproduction in the reproduction unit based on a command, and the master reproduction control command is received by a management device that can communicate with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and from the management device The master reproduction control command output unit is transmitted to each of the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and When an operation is performed, the master reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to the management device, and the reproduction control unit receives the master reproduction control command received from the management device based on the master reproduction control command. Playback control may be performed. When a playback control operation is performed in one acoustic data processing device, the contents of the operation are transmitted to and reflected in another acoustic data processing device as a master playback control command. Therefore, even when the acoustic data processing devices are separated from each other, it is possible to use the music or rhythm that is reproduced and controlled in common at each base.
 本発明の好適な第四の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される再生の制御に関する制御操作の内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを参照可能であり、前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを出力するマスター再生制御コマンド出力部と、前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備え、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置のうちいずれか一つがマスター装置として動作し、前記マスター装置以外はスレーブ装置として動作し、前記マスター再生制御コマンド出力部は、前記制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信すると共に、当該音響データ処理装置内に前記マスター再生制御コマンドを出力し、前記再生制御部は、前記他の音響データ処理装置から受信した前記マスター再生制御コマンド、または、当該音響データ処理装置内に出力された前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行うようにしてもよい。一の音響データ処理装置で再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容は、マスター再生制御コマンドとして、マスター装置としての音響データ処理装置からスレーブ装置としての他の音響データ処理装置に伝えられ、反映される。したがって、音響データ処理装置がそれぞれ離れた場合にある場合でも、それぞれの拠点で共通に再生制御された楽曲またはリズムを利用することができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to the preferred fourth aspect of the present invention, the master reproduction indicating the content of the control operation relating to the reproduction control commonly recognized by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to communicate with each other A control command can be referred to, and when a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit is performed, a master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation, and the master playback control A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit based on a command, and any one of a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected to be communicable with each other operates as a master device, other than the master device Operates as a slave device, and the master playback control command output unit performs the control operation when the control operation is performed. The master reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device, and the master reproduction control command is output in the acoustic data processing device, and the reproduction control unit is configured to output the other acoustic data. Playback control in the playback unit may be performed based on the master playback control command received from the processing device or the master playback control command output in the sound data processing device. When a playback control operation is performed on one acoustic data processing device, the content of the operation is transmitted as a master playback control command from the acoustic data processing device as the master device to another acoustic data processing device as the slave device. Reflected. Therefore, even when the acoustic data processing devices are separated from each other, it is possible to use the music or rhythm that is reproduced and controlled in common at each base.
 本発明の好適な第五の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記予約データ、または、当該音響データ処理装置の予約操作の内容を示す予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定する判定部を備えるようにしてもよい。音響データ処理装置として種類の異なる音響データ処理装置が用いられる場合には、装置によって再生可能な補助データが異なる場合がある。しかし、第五の態様によれば、予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、特定の音響データ処理装置において予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する補助データが再生できないという事態に対応ができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to the preferred fifth aspect of the present invention, when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the reservation data received from the slave device or the acoustic data processing device You may make it provide the determination part which determines whether the said auxiliary data which assists performance of the music concerning the reservation data which shows the content of reservation operation is reproducible also in any interconnected acoustic data processing apparatus. When different types of acoustic data processing devices are used as the acoustic data processing device, auxiliary data that can be reproduced may differ depending on the device. However, according to the fifth aspect, since it is determined whether the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, Even if the data processing device is used, it is possible to cope with a situation in which the auxiliary data for assisting the performance of the music related to the reservation data cannot be reproduced in the specific acoustic data processing device.
 本発明の好適な第六の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、前記更新部は、前記判定部によって、前記予約に係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互に接続されているいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能と判定された場合に、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新するようにしてもよい。第六の態様によれば、予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、特定の音響データ処理装置において再生できない補助データに対応する楽曲が予約されるという事態を防ぐことができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred sixth aspect of the present invention, the updating unit includes any one of which the auxiliary data for assisting performance of the music related to the reservation is connected to each other by the determination unit. In the acoustic data processing apparatus, the content of the master reservation list may be updated when it is determined that reproduction is possible. According to the sixth aspect, since it is determined whether or not the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
 本発明の好適な第七の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記判定部によって、前記予約に係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互に接続されているいずれかの音響データ処理装置において再生可能ではない判定された場合に、前記再生可能ではないと判定された音響データ処理装置において、エラーが表示されるように制御する、あるいは、当該予約に係る楽曲の実演を補助する補助データが他の補助データから識別可能に表示されるように制御する判定表示制御部を備えるようにしてもよい。第七の態様によれば、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、特定の音響データ処理装置において特定の補助データが再生できないために予約できないことを容易に知ることができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred seventh aspect of the present invention, when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the auxiliary data assists the performance of the music piece related to the reservation by the determination unit. Are controlled so that an error is displayed in the acoustic data processing device determined not to be reproducible when it is determined that it is not reproducible in any of the sound data processing devices connected to each other Or you may make it provide the determination display control part which controls so that auxiliary data which assists performance of the music which concerns on the said reservation is displayed distinguishably from other auxiliary data. According to the seventh aspect, even when different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, it is possible to easily know that reservation cannot be made because specific auxiliary data cannot be reproduced in the specific acoustic data processing device.
 本発明の好適な第八の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、前記予約の対象となり得る楽曲を検索する検索操作がなされると、当該楽曲の実演を補助する補助データについての処理を行う検索処理部を備え、前記検索処理部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記検索操作がなされると、当該検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データを前記マスター装置に送信し、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記検索操作データ、または、当該音響データ処理装置の検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データに基づいて、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能な補助データに対応する楽曲を検索対象として抽出し、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置に提示するようにしてもよい。第八の態様によれば、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能な補助データに対応する楽曲を検索対象として抽出するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、予約に係る楽曲を確実に再生することができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to the preferred eighth aspect of the present invention, when a search operation for searching for a song that can be reserved is performed, a search for performing processing on auxiliary data that assists the performance of the song is performed. A processing unit, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, the search processing unit receives search operation data indicating that the search operation is performed when the search operation is performed. When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the search operation data received from the slave device or the search operation data indicating that the search operation of the acoustic data processing device has been performed. Based on the music corresponding to the auxiliary data that can be played back by any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices. Out, it may be presented to the acoustic data processing device the search operation is performed. According to the eighth aspect, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be played back in any acoustic data processing device is extracted as a search target. Therefore, even if different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, the music related to the reservation is extracted. It can be played reliably.
 本発明の好適な第九の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記検索処理部は、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置においては再生可能ではない補助データに対応する楽曲についても非検索対象として抽出し、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置において、前記検索対象として抽出された楽曲が、前記非検索対象として抽出された楽曲から識別可能に表示されるように、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置に提示するようにしてもよい。第九の態様によれば、特定の音響データ処理装置において再生できない補助データに対応する楽曲については、他の識別可能に表示されるので、当該楽曲について再生可能とする措置が促進されることが期待される。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred ninth aspect of the present invention, when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the search processing unit is the acoustic data processing device in which the search operation has been performed. Is also extracted as a non-search target for music corresponding to auxiliary data that is not reproducible, and the music extracted as the search target is extracted as the non-search target in the acoustic data processing apparatus in which the search operation has been performed. It may be presented to the acoustic data processing apparatus on which the search operation has been performed so that it can be identified from the recorded music. According to the ninth aspect, the music corresponding to the auxiliary data that cannot be played back by the specific acoustic data processing device is displayed so as to be identifiable in other ways, so that the measure for making the music playable is promoted. Be expected.
 本発明の好適な第十の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、前記非検索対象として抽出された楽曲が選択されると、当該楽曲の実演を補助する補助データを購入可能なサービスに誘導する誘導部を備えるようにしてもよい。第十の態様によれば、特定の音響データ処理装置において再生できない補助データに対応する楽曲についての購入が促進されることが期待される。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred tenth aspect of the present invention, when the music extracted as the non-search target is selected, auxiliary data for assisting performance of the music is guided to a service that can be purchased. You may make it provide a guidance part. According to the tenth aspect, it is expected that purchase of music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is promoted.
 本発明の好適な第十一の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置のうちいずれか一つがマスター装置として動作し、前記マスター装置以外はスレーブ装置として動作し、前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを出力する個別再生制御コマンド出力部と、前記個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備え、前記個別再生制御コマンド出力部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、あるいは、他の音響データ処理装置から受信した個別再生制御コマンドが、いずれかの音響データ処理装置においては認識されない個別再生制御コマンドである場合には、当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置に対しては、当該個別再生制御コマンドを当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置において認識される個別再生制御コマンドに変換し、当該変換した個別再生制御コマンド及び当該変換前の個別再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信し、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて前記制御操作が行われると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信すると共に、当該音響データ処理装置内に前記個別再生制御コマンドを出力し、前記再生制御部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記変換した個別再生制御コマンド、または、前記変換前の個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行い、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、あるいは、前記マスター装置から受信した前記変換された個別再生制御コマンド、もしくは、前記マスター装置から受信した前記変換前の個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行うようにしてもよい。いずれかの音響データ処理装置において再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容は個別再生制御コマンドとしてマスター装置に伝えられる。マスター装置においては、全ての音響データ処理装置において利用可能なように当該個別再生制御コマンドを必要に応じて変換する。その結果、一の音響データ処理装置において行われた再生制御は、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を含む全ての音響データ処理装置において反映されることになる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to the preferred eleventh aspect of the present invention, any one of the plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to communicate with each other operates as a master device, and other than the master device Based on the individual reproduction control command output unit that operates as a slave device and outputs an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation when a control operation related to reproduction control is performed in the reproduction unit. A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit, and the individual playback control command output unit is performed by the acoustic data processing device when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device. An individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation or an individual reproduction control received from another acoustic data processing device. If the command is an individual playback control command that is not recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, the individual playback control command is sent to any of the acoustic data processing devices. It converts into the individual reproduction control command recognized in the device, transmits the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to another acoustic data processing device, and the acoustic data processing device serves as the slave device. When operating, when the control operation is performed in the acoustic data processing device, an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device, and the acoustic data processing device includes the An individual reproduction control command is output, and the reproduction control unit is configured so that the sound data processing device is the master device. If the sound data processing device operates as the slave device, the playback control in the playback unit based on the converted individual playback control command or the individual playback control command before the conversion, The individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed in the acoustic data processing apparatus, the converted individual reproduction control command received from the master apparatus, or the pre-conversion received from the master apparatus Playback control in the playback unit may be performed based on the individual playback control command. When a playback control operation is performed in any of the acoustic data processing devices, the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command. In the master device, the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices. As a result, the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
 本発明の好適な第十二の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記個別再生制御コマンド出力部は、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドまたは他の音響データ処理装置から受信した個別再生制御コマンドに対応する前記制御操作の内容が、いずれかの音響データ処理装置においては実行できない内容である場合には、当該個別再生制御コマンドに対応する前記制御操作が行われた音響データ処理装置に対して、当該制御操作は前記いずれかの音響データ処理装置において実行できない旨の提示を行う。第十二の態様によれば、いずれかの音響データ処理装置において再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容は個別再生制御コマンドとしてマスター装置に伝えられる。マスター装置においては、いずれかの音響データ処理装置において実行できない当該個別再生制御コマンドについては、実行できない旨の提示を行う。その結果、特定の再生制御については、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を含む他の音響データ処理装置において実行できないことを容易に知らしめることができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred twelfth aspect of the present invention, when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the individual reproduction control command output unit is executed by the acoustic data processing device. The content of the control operation corresponding to the individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the received control operation or the individual reproduction control command received from another acoustic data processing device cannot be executed by any of the acoustic data processing devices. In some cases, the sound data processing device that has performed the control operation corresponding to the individual reproduction control command is presented that the control operation cannot be executed by any of the sound data processing devices. According to the twelfth aspect, when a playback control operation is performed in any of the acoustic data processing devices, the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command. The master device presents that the individual reproduction control command that cannot be executed by any of the acoustic data processing devices cannot be executed. As a result, it can be easily known that the specific reproduction control cannot be executed in other acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
 本発明の好適な第十三の態様に係る音響データ処理装置においては、前記実演データは、ユーザによる歌唱および演奏のうちの少なくとも一方に基づく実演によって得られ、前記補助データは、伴奏またはリズムに関連するデータ、歌詞データ、及び譜面データのうちの少なくともいずれか一つを含むようにしてもよい。第十三の態様によれば、歌唱や楽器演奏等の実演データを複数の音響データ処理装置において共通に再生し、かつ、伴奏またはリズムに関連するデータ、歌詞データ、及び譜面データのような補助データを複数の音響データ処理装置において共通に再生することができる。 In the acoustic data processing device according to a preferred thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the demonstration data is obtained by a demonstration based on at least one of a song and a performance by a user, and the auxiliary data is an accompaniment or rhythm. You may make it include at least any one of related data, lyrics data, and musical score data. According to the thirteenth aspect, performance data such as singing and musical instrument performance is reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and auxiliary data such as accompaniment or rhythm-related data, lyrics data, and musical score data Data can be reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices.
 以上の課題を解決するために、本発明の音響データ通信システムは、相互に通信可能な複数の音響データ処理装置を少なくとも備える音響データ通信システムであって、前記複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを管理する管理部と、前記マスター予約リストを参照可能な参照部と、ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力する入力部と、前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生する再生部と、前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶する記憶部と、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新する更新部と、前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映させる反映部とを備える。 In order to solve the above problems, an acoustic data communication system of the present invention is an acoustic data communication system including at least a plurality of acoustic data processing devices capable of communicating with each other, and is shared by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices. A management unit that manages a master reservation list that specifies the performance order of recognized music pieces, a reference unit that can refer to the master reservation list, an input unit that inputs demonstration data obtained by the user's music performance, and A reproducing unit that reproduces auxiliary data for assisting the user's performance of the music and the demonstration data, a storage unit that stores an individual reservation list for designating the performance order of the music, and a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music When the content of the master reservation list is updated, the update unit that updates the content of the master reservation list, And a reflecting unit for reflecting the individual reservation list changes about the list.
 以上の構成においては、ユーザによる楽曲の予約操作がなされた場合には、更新部によりマスター予約リストの更新が行われる。そして、更新された内容は少なくとも一つの他の音響データ処理装置に送信される。また、少なくとも一つの他の音響データ処理装置から更新の内容を受信した場合には、反映部により、その更新の内容が個別予約リストに反映される。したがって、少なくとも更新部を備える音響データ処理装置と、少なくとも反映部を備える音響データ処理装置とがそれぞれ離れた場所に設置されている場合には、いずれの場所から楽曲の予約操作を行っても、その操作を各場所の各音響データ処理装置に反映させることができるという利点がある。 In the above configuration, when the user performs a music reservation operation, the update unit updates the master reservation list. The updated content is transmitted to at least one other acoustic data processing device. When the update content is received from at least one other acoustic data processing device, the update content is reflected in the individual reservation list by the reflection unit. Therefore, if the acoustic data processing device including at least the update unit and the acoustic data processing device including at least the reflection unit are installed in separate locations, the music reservation operation can be performed from any location, There is an advantage that the operation can be reflected in each acoustic data processing device in each place.
 本発明の好適な第一の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記音響データ通信システムは、前記複数の音響データ処理装置と通信可能な中継装置を備え、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置のうちいずれか一つがマスター装置として動作し、前記マスター装置以外はスレーブ装置として動作し、前記中継装置は、前記マスター装置から受信した前記予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する補助データが、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定する判定部を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、前記参照部、前記入力部、前記再生部、前記記憶部、前記更新部、および、前記反映部を備え、前記更新部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、当該予約操作の内容を示す予約データを前記マスター装置に送信し、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記予約データ、または、当該マスター装置においてなされた前記予約操作の内容を示す予約データを、前記中継装置に送信し、前記中継装置の前記判定部によって、前記予約に係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能と判定された場合に、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記予約データ、または、当該マスター装置の予約操作の内容を示す予約データに基づいて前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新し、前記反映部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記マスター装置から前記マスター予約リストの更新内容を示す更新データを受信すると、当該更新データを前記個別予約ファイルに反映させるようにしてもよい。第一の態様によれば、予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、特定の音響データ処理装置において再生できない補助データに対応する楽曲が予約されるという事態を防ぐことができる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred first aspect of the present invention, the acoustic data communication system includes a plurality of relay devices that can communicate with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and are connected to be able to communicate with each other. Any one of the acoustic data processing devices of the above operates as a master device, and other than the master device operates as a slave device, and the relay device assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data received from the master device A determination unit that determines whether auxiliary data is reproducible in any acoustic data processing device, wherein the acoustic data processing device includes the reference unit, the input unit, the reproduction unit, the storage unit, and the update unit. And the reflection unit, and the update unit, when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, When a reservation operation for reserving a performance order is performed, reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation is transmitted to the master device, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the received data from the slave device The auxiliary data that transmits reservation data or reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation performed in the master device to the relay device, and the determination unit of the relay device assists the performance of the music related to the reservation. The master reservation based on the reservation data received from the slave device or reservation data indicating the details of the reservation operation of the master device when it is determined that the data can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device The contents of the list are updated, and the reflection unit operates the acoustic data processing device as the slave device. To case, when receiving the update data indicating the update content of the master scheduling list from the master device, it may be made to reflect the update data on the individual reservation file. According to the first aspect, since it is determined whether or not the auxiliary data for assisting the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
 本発明の好適な第二の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記中継装置は、前記音響データ処理装置において前記予約の対象となり得る楽曲を検索する検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データを前記マスター装置から受信すると、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能な補助データに対応する楽曲を検索対象として抽出する抽出部を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、前記予約の対象となり得る楽曲を検索する検索操作がなされると、当該楽曲の実演を補助する補助データについての処理を行う検索処理部を備え、前記検索処理部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記検索操作がなされると、当該検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データを前記マスター装置に送信し、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記検索操作データ、または、当該マスター装置の検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データを、前記中継装置に送信し、前記中継装置の前記抽出部によって抽出された楽曲を、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置に提示するようにしてもよい。第二の態様によれば、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能な補助データに対応する楽曲を検索対象として抽出するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、予約に係る楽曲を確実に再生することができる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred second aspect of the present invention, the relay device performs a retrieval operation indicating that a retrieval operation for retrieving music that can be reserved is performed in the acoustic data processing device. When data is received from the master device, the audio data processing device may include an extraction unit that extracts, as a search target, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be played back by any of the audio data processing devices. When a search operation for searching for music is performed, a search processing unit that performs processing on auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music is provided, and the search processing unit operates when the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device When the search operation is performed, search operation data indicating that the search operation has been performed is transmitted to the master device. When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the search operation data received from the slave device or the search operation data indicating that the search operation of the master device has been performed is sent to the relay device. The music that is transmitted and extracted by the extraction unit of the relay device may be presented to the acoustic data processing device on which the search operation has been performed. According to the second aspect, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device is extracted as a search target. Therefore, even if different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, the music related to the reservation is extracted. It can be played reliably.
 本発明の好適な第三の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記中継装置は、前記音響データ処理装置にて行われた再生の制御に関する制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを前記マスター装置から受信し、当該個別再生制御コマンドが、いずれかの音響データ処理装置においては認識されない個別再生制御コマンドである場合には、当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置に対しては、当該個別再生制御コマンドを当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置において認識される個別再生制御コマンドに変換し、当該変換した個別再生制御コマンド及び当該変換前の個別再生制御コマンドを前記マスター装置に送信する変換部を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを出力する個別再生制御コマンド出力部と、前記個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備え、前記個別再生制御コマンド出力部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、当該マスター装置にて前記制御操作が行われると、行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを当該マスター装置内に出力すると共に、当該個別再生制御コマンド、または、前記他の音響データ処理装置から受信した個別再生制御コマンドを、前記中継装置に送信し、前記中継装置から受信した前記変換された個別再生制御コマンドおよび当該変換前の個別再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信し、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて前記制御操作が行われると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを前記マスター装置に送信すると共に、当該音響データ処理装置内に前記個別再生制御コマンドを出力し、前記再生制御部は、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、または、前記変換された個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行い、当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、あるいは、前記マスター装置から受信した前記変換された個別再生制御コマンド、もしくは、前記マスター装置から受信した前記変換前の個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行うようにしてもよい。第三の態様によれば、いずれかの音響データ処理装置において再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容は個別再生制御コマンドとしてマスター装置に伝えられる。マスター装置においては、全ての音響データ処理装置において利用可能なように当該個別再生制御コマンドを必要に応じて変換する。その結果、一の音響データ処理装置において行われた再生制御は、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を含む全ての音響データ処理装置において反映されることになる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred third aspect of the present invention, the relay device sends an individual reproduction control command indicating a content of a control operation related to reproduction control performed by the acoustic data processing device to the master. When the individual playback control command received from the device is an individual playback control command that is not recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, the individual playback control is performed for any of the acoustic data processing devices. A conversion unit that converts the command into an individual reproduction control command recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, and transmits the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to the master device; When the sound data processing device performs a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit, An individual reproduction control command output unit that outputs an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation; and a reproduction control unit that controls reproduction in the reproduction unit based on the individual reproduction control command. When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the output unit sends an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed in the master device when the control operation is performed in the master device. The individual reproduction control command or the individual reproduction control command received from the other acoustic data processing device is transmitted to the relay device and the converted individual reproduction control command received from the relay device. And the individual reproduction control command before the conversion is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device. When operating as the slave device, when the control operation is performed in the acoustic data processing device, an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to the master device, and the acoustic data processing device The individual reproduction control command is output to the individual reproduction control unit, and when the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the reproduction control unit indicates individual reproduction control indicating the content of the control operation performed by the acoustic data processing device. When the playback of the playback unit is controlled based on the command or the converted individual playback control command and the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, the acoustic data processing device performs the Individual playback control command indicating the content of the control operation, or the converted received from the master device Playback control in the playback unit may be performed based on an individual playback control command or an individual playback control command before conversion received from the master device. According to the third aspect, when a playback control operation is performed in any of the acoustic data processing devices, the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command. In the master device, the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices. As a result, the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
 本発明の好適な第四の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記複数の音響データ処理装置と通信可能な管理装置を備え、前記管理装置は、前記複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを管理する管理部と、前記音響データ処理装置から前記音響データ処理装置における前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作の内容を示す予約データを受信すると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新する第1更新部と、を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、前記マスター予約リストを参照可能な参照部と、ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力する入力部と、前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生する再生部と、前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶する記憶部と、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、当該予約操作の内容を示す予約データを前記管理装置に送信する第2更新部と、前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映させる反映部とを備えるようにしてもよい。第四の態様によれば、予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、特定の音響データ処理装置において再生できない補助データに対応する楽曲が予約されるという事態を防ぐことができる。 The acoustic data communication system according to a preferred fourth aspect of the present invention comprises a management device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and the management device is commonly recognized by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices. A management unit that manages a master reservation list that specifies the performance order of the music to be performed, and reservation data that indicates the content of the reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music in the acoustic data processing device from the acoustic data processing device A first updating unit that updates the contents of the master reservation list, and the acoustic data processing apparatus inputs a reference unit that can refer to the master reservation list, and demonstration data obtained by demonstration of the user's music An input unit that performs playback of auxiliary data that assists the demonstration of the user's music and the demonstration data, and the order in which the music is performed A storage unit for storing an individual reservation list to be specified; a second update unit for transmitting reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation to the management device when a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is made; When the contents of the master reservation list are updated, a reflection unit may be provided that reflects the changed contents of the master reservation list in the individual reservation list. According to the fourth aspect, since it is determined whether or not the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
 本発明の好適な第五の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記管理装置は、いずれかの音響データ処理装置から当該音響データ処理装置における再生の制御に関する制御操作の内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを受信すると、当該マスター再生制御コマンドを各音響データ処理装置に出力する第1マスター再生制御コマンド出力部を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを前記管理装置に送信する第2マスター再生制御コマンド出力部と、前記管理装置から受信した前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備えるようにしてもよい。いずれかの音響データ処理装置において再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容は個別再生制御コマンドとしてマスター装置に伝えられる。マスター装置においては、全ての音響データ処理装置において利用可能なように当該個別再生制御コマンドを必要に応じて変換する。その結果、一の音響データ処理装置において行われた再生制御は、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を含む全ての音響データ処理装置において反映されることになる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to the preferred fifth aspect of the present invention, the management device performs master reproduction control indicating the content of the control operation relating to reproduction control in the acoustic data processing device from any of the acoustic data processing devices. When a command is received, a first master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command to each acoustic data processing device is provided, and the acoustic data processing device performs a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit. A second master playback control command output unit that transmits the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation to the management device, and playback in the playback unit based on the master playback control command received from the management device A reproduction control unit that performs the above control. When a playback control operation is performed in any of the acoustic data processing devices, the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command. In the master device, the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices. As a result, the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
 本発明の好適な第六の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記音響データ通信システムは、前記複数の音響データ処理装置及び前記管理装置と通信可能な中継装置を備え、前記中継装置は、前記管理装置から受信した前記予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する補助データが、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定する判定部を備え、前記管理装置の前記第1更新部は、前記中継装置の前記判定部によって、前記予約に係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能と判定された場合に、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新するようにしてもよい。第六の態様によれば、予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、特定の音響データ処理装置において再生できない補助データに対応する楽曲が予約されるという事態を防ぐことができる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred sixth aspect of the present invention, the acoustic data communication system includes a relay device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices and the management device, and the relay device includes: A determination unit that determines whether auxiliary data for assisting performance of the music related to the reservation data received from the management device is reproducible in any acoustic data processing device; and the first update unit of the management device If the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation is determined to be reproducible in any acoustic data processing device by the determination unit of the relay device, the content of the master reservation list is You may make it update. According to the sixth aspect, since it is determined whether or not the auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices, different types of acoustic data processing Even when the device is used, it is possible to prevent a situation in which music corresponding to auxiliary data that cannot be reproduced by a specific acoustic data processing device is reserved.
 本発明の好適な第七の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記中継装置は、前記音響データ処理装置において前記予約の対象となり得る楽曲を検索する検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データを前記管理装置から受信すると、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能な補助データに対応する楽曲を検索対象として抽出する抽出部を備え、前記管理装置は、前記音響データ処理装置において前記予約の対象となり得る楽曲を検索する検索操作が行われたことを示す検索操作データを前記音響データ処理装置から受信すると、前記中継装置の抽出部により抽出された楽曲を、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置に提示する第1検索処理部を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、当該音響データ処理装置において前記検索操作がなされると、前記検索操作データを前記管理装置に送信する第2検索処理部を備えるようにしてもよい。第七の態様によれば、いずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能な補助データに対応する楽曲を検索対象として抽出するので、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を用いても、予約に係る楽曲を確実に再生することができる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred seventh aspect of the present invention, the relay device performs a search operation indicating that a search operation for searching for music that can be reserved is performed in the acoustic data processing device. When data is received from the management device, the data management device includes an extraction unit that extracts, as a search target, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device, and the management device includes the reservation in the acoustic data processing device. When search operation data indicating that a search operation for searching for a music that can be a target of the search is performed is received from the acoustic data processing device, the search operation is performed on the music extracted by the extraction unit of the relay device. A first search processing unit to be presented to the acoustic data processing device, wherein the acoustic data processing device is included in the acoustic data processing device; When the search operation is performed, it may be provided with a second retrieval processing unit that transmits the search operation data to the management device. According to the seventh aspect, music corresponding to auxiliary data that can be reproduced in any acoustic data processing device is extracted as a search target. Therefore, even if different types of acoustic data processing devices are used, the music related to the reservation is extracted. It can be played reliably.
 本発明の好適な第八の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記中継装置は、前記音響データ処理装置にて行われた再生の制御に関する制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを前記管理装置から受信し、当該個別再生制御コマンドが、いずれかの音響データ処理装置においては認識されない個別再生制御コマンドである場合には、当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置に対しては、当該個別再生制御コマンドを当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置において認識される個別再生制御コマンドに変換し、当該変換した個別再生制御コマンド及び当該変換前の個別再生制御コマンドを前記管理装置に送信する変換部を備え、前記管理装置は、前記個別再生制御コマンドを前記音響データ処理装置から受信し、前記中継装置において変換された個別再生制御コマンド及び当該変換前の個別再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信する第1個別再生制御コマンド出力部を備え、前記音響データ処理装置は、当該音響データ処理装置にて前記制御操作が行われると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを前記管理装置に送信すると共に、当該音響データ処理装置内に前記個別再生制御コマンドを出力する第1個別再生制御コマンド出力部と、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、あるいは、前記管理装置から受信した前記変換された個別再生制御コマンド、もしくは、前記管理装置から受信した前記変換前の個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備えるようにしてもよい。第八の態様によれば、いずれかの音響データ処理装置において再生制御の操作が行われると、当該操作の内容は個別再生制御コマンドとしてマスター装置に伝えられる。マスター装置においては、全ての音響データ処理装置において利用可能なように当該個別再生制御コマンドを必要に応じて変換する。その結果、一の音響データ処理装置において行われた再生制御は、種類の異なる音響データ処理装置を含む全ての音響データ処理装置において反映されることになる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred eighth aspect of the present invention, the relay device manages the individual reproduction control command indicating the content of a control operation related to reproduction control performed by the acoustic data processing device. When the individual playback control command received from the device is an individual playback control command that is not recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, the individual playback control is performed for any of the acoustic data processing devices. A conversion unit that converts the command into an individual reproduction control command recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, and transmits the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to the management device; The management device receives the individual reproduction control command from the acoustic data processing device, and in the relay device A first individual reproduction control command output unit configured to transmit the converted individual reproduction control command and the individual reproduction control command before the conversion to another acoustic data processing device; and the acoustic data processing device includes the acoustic data processing device. When the control operation is performed, an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to the management device, and the individual reproduction control command is output to the acoustic data processing device. An individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed by the output unit and the acoustic data processing apparatus, or the converted individual reproduction control command received from the management apparatus or received from the management apparatus A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit based on the individual playback control command before conversion. Unishi may be. According to the eighth aspect, when a playback control operation is performed in any of the acoustic data processing devices, the content of the operation is transmitted to the master device as an individual playback control command. In the master device, the individual reproduction control command is converted as necessary so that it can be used in all the acoustic data processing devices. As a result, the reproduction control performed in one acoustic data processing device is reflected in all acoustic data processing devices including different types of acoustic data processing devices.
 本発明の好適な第九の態様に係る音響データ通信システムにおいては、前記実演データは、ユーザによる歌唱および演奏のうちの少なくとも一方に基づく実演によって得られ、前記補助データは、伴奏またはリズムに関連するデータ、歌詞データ、及び譜面データのうちの少なくともいずれか一つを含むようにしてもよい。第九の態様によれば、歌唱や楽器演奏等の実演データを複数の音響データ処理装置において共通に再生し、かつ、伴奏またはリズムに関連するデータ、歌詞データ、及び譜面データのような補助データを複数の音響データ処理装置において共通に再生することができる。 In the acoustic data communication system according to a preferred ninth aspect of the present invention, the demonstration data is obtained by a demonstration based on at least one of singing and playing by a user, and the auxiliary data is related to accompaniment or rhythm. It is also possible to include at least one of data, lyrics data, and musical score data. According to the ninth aspect, performance data such as singing and musical instrument performance is reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and auxiliary data such as accompaniment or rhythm-related data, lyrics data, and musical score data Can be reproduced in common in a plurality of acoustic data processing devices.
本発明の第1実施形態に係る音響データ通信システムのブロック図である。1 is a block diagram of an acoustic data communication system according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 管理サーバのブロック図である。It is a block diagram of a management server. 端末装置のブロック図である。It is a block diagram of a terminal device. 各端末装置の管理サーバへのログイン手順を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the login procedure to the management server of each terminal device. 2つの拠点の端末装置が接続された状態を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows the state in which the terminal device of two bases was connected. 楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and replication process of a music reservation list. 楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理の状態遷移図である。It is a state transition diagram of a music reservation list update and duplication process. 本発明の第2実施形態に係る楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and duplication process of the music reservation list which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 第2実施形態における楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理の状態遷移図である。It is a state transition diagram of a music reservation list update and duplication process in the second embodiment. 本発明の第3実施形態に係る楽曲演奏操作状態の同期処理を説明するための状態遷移図である。It is a state transition diagram for demonstrating the synchronous process of the music performance operation state which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第3実施形態に係る楽曲演奏操作状態の同期処理を説明するための状態遷移図である。It is a state transition diagram for demonstrating the synchronous process of the music performance operation state which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第4実施形態に係る音響データ通信システムの模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of the acoustic data communication system which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第5実施形態に係る音響データ通信システムの模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of the acoustic data communication system which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. 第5実施形態に係る楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and duplication process of the music reservation list which concerns on 5th Embodiment. 第5実施形態に係る楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and duplication process of the music reservation list which concerns on 5th Embodiment. 本発明の第6実施形態に係る音響データ通信システムのブロック図である。It is a block diagram of the acoustic data communication system which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第6実施形態に係る音響データ通信システムの模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of the acoustic data communication system which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention. 第6実施形態に係る楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and replication process of a music reservation list which concern on 6th Embodiment. 第6実施形態に係る楽曲予約リストの更新および複製処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the update and replication process of a music reservation list which concern on 6th Embodiment. 本発明の第7実施形態に係る検索対象楽曲の抽出処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the extraction process of the search object music which concerns on 7th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第8実施形態に係る検索対象楽曲の抽出処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the extraction process of the search object music which concerns on 8th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9実施形態に係る再生制御コマンドの変換処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the conversion process of the reproduction | regeneration control command which concerns on 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第10実施形態に係る再生制御コマンドの変換処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the conversion process of the reproduction | regeneration control command which concerns on 10th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第11実施形態に係る再生制御コマンドのエラー処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the error process of the reproduction | regeneration control command which concerns on 11th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第11実施形態に係る再生制御コマンドのエラー処理を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the error process of the reproduction | regeneration control command which concerns on 11th Embodiment of this invention. 各装置における再生制御のサポートの有無を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the presence or absence of the support of reproduction | regeneration control in each apparatus.
<A:第1実施形態>
 図1は、本発明の第1実施形態に係る通信カラオケシステム100(音響データ通信システムの一例)のブロック図である。図1に示すように、通信カラオケシステム100は、管理サーバ10(管理装置の一例)と複数のカラオケ装置20(音響データ処理装置の一例)とを含んで構成される通信カラオケシステムである。管理サーバ10とカラオケ装置20とは、通信網40(例えばインターネット)を介して相互に通信する。また、複数のカラオケ装置20同士も通信網40(例えばインターネット)を介して相互に通信する。
<A: First Embodiment>
FIG. 1 is a block diagram of a communication karaoke system 100 (an example of an acoustic data communication system) according to the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication karaoke system 100 is a communication karaoke system including a management server 10 (an example of a management device) and a plurality of karaoke devices 20 (an example of an acoustic data processing device). The management server 10 and the karaoke apparatus 20 communicate with each other via a communication network 40 (for example, the Internet). A plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other via a communication network 40 (for example, the Internet).
 各カラオケ装置20は、通信網40を介して、管理サーバ10から伴奏用のカラオケの楽曲データ(補助データの一例)をダウンロードして、それぞれ別個にカラオケの楽曲を再生することができる。また、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信を行って同一の楽曲を同時に再生しながら、歌唱音についても相互に再生する場合には、一つのカラオケ装置20で再生された楽曲データがその他のカラオケ装置20に送信され、各カラオケ装置20で再生される。また、各カラオケ装置に入力される歌唱音は実演データとして相互に通信され、楽曲データとミックスされて各カラオケ装置20で再生される。 Each karaoke device 20 can download karaoke music data for accompaniment (an example of auxiliary data) from the management server 10 via the communication network 40, and can reproduce the karaoke music separately. When a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other to reproduce the same music at the same time, and singing sound is also reproduced mutually, the music data reproduced by one karaoke apparatus 20 is the other karaoke data. It is transmitted to the device 20 and is played back by each karaoke device 20. Moreover, the singing sound input into each karaoke apparatus is mutually communicated as performance data, is mixed with music data, and is reproduced by each karaoke apparatus 20.
 各カラオケ装置20は、図1に示すように、ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力する入力部200と、前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生する再生部201と、前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶する記憶部204と、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新する更新部202と、前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映させる反映部203とを備えている。なお、図1においては、簡略化のために、一つのカラオケ装置20における機能ブロックを表示しているが、他のカラオケ装置20においても同様の機能ブロックを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 1, each karaoke device 20 reproduces an input unit 200 for inputting performance data obtained by performing a user's music performance, auxiliary data for assisting the user's music performance, and the performance data. A playback unit 201, a storage unit 204 that stores an individual reservation list that specifies the performance order of the music, and an update unit that updates the contents of the master reservation list when a reservation operation is performed to reserve the performance order of the music 202, and a reflecting unit 203 that reflects the changed contents of the master reservation list in the individual reservation list when the contents of the master reservation list are updated. In FIG. 1, for simplification, functional blocks in one karaoke apparatus 20 are displayed, but other karaoke apparatuses 20 also have similar functional blocks.
 図2は、管理サーバ10のブロック図である。図2に示すように、管理サーバ10は、制御部11、メモリ12、ハードディスク(HDD)13、および、通信インターフェース14を備えている。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the management server 10. As shown in FIG. 2, the management server 10 includes a control unit 11, a memory 12, a hard disk (HDD) 13, and a communication interface 14.
 制御部11は、CPU等から構成され、管理サーバ全体の制御を行う。制御部11は、通信インターフェース14を介して通信網40に接続されており、通信インターフェース14を介して複数のカラオケ端末装置20と通信可能になっている。制御部11には、メモリ12およびハードディスク(HDD)13が接続され、メモリ12およびハードディスク(HDD)13からデータを読み出し、あるいは、メモリ12およびハードディスク(HDD)13にデータを書き込みながら、後述する制御処理を行う。制御部11は、管理部および第1更新部として機能する。 The control unit 11 includes a CPU and the like, and controls the entire management server. The control unit 11 is connected to the communication network 40 via the communication interface 14 and can communicate with the plurality of karaoke terminal devices 20 via the communication interface 14. The control unit 11 is connected to a memory 12 and a hard disk (HDD) 13, and reads data from the memory 12 and the hard disk (HDD) 13, or writes data to the memory 12 and the hard disk (HDD) 13, as will be described later. Process. The control unit 11 functions as a management unit and a first update unit.
 ハードディスク(HDD)13には、カラオケ用の楽曲データ、楽曲データの曲目情報、楽曲データの曲目リスト、歌詞データ、および、楽曲データに関連付けられた映像データ等が格納されている。また、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信する際に使用されるログイン管理情報も格納されている。このログイン管理情報は、ユーザのID、ユーザのプロフィール情報、カラオケ装置20を識別する情報などから構成されている。詳しくは後述する。 The hard disk (HDD) 13 stores karaoke song data, song data song information, song data song list, lyrics data, video data associated with the song data, and the like. In addition, login management information used when a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other is also stored. This login management information includes a user ID, user profile information, information for identifying the karaoke apparatus 20, and the like. Details will be described later.
 図3は、カラオケ装置20のブロック図である。図2に示すように、カラオケ装置20は、制御部21、メモリ22、ハードディスク(HDD)23、通信インターフェース24、映像出力部25、映像入力部26、音響出力部27、音声入力部28、指示入力部29を備えている。 FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the karaoke apparatus 20. As shown in FIG. 2, the karaoke apparatus 20 includes a control unit 21, a memory 22, a hard disk (HDD) 23, a communication interface 24, a video output unit 25, a video input unit 26, an acoustic output unit 27, a voice input unit 28, an instruction. An input unit 29 is provided.
 制御部21は、CPU等から構成され、カラオケ装置全体の制御を行う。制御部21は、通信インターフェース24を介して通信網40に接続されており、通信インターフェース24を介して管理サーバ10および他のカラオケ装置20と通信可能になっている。制御部11には、メモリ22およびハードディスク(HDD)23が接続され、メモリ22およびハードディスク(HDD)23からデータを読み出し、あるいは、メモリ22およびハードディスク(HDD)23にデータを書き込みながら、後述する制御処理を行う。制御部21と通信インターフェース24は、参照部として機能する。また、制御部21は、再生部、第2更新部、および反映部として機能する。 The control unit 21 includes a CPU and the like, and controls the entire karaoke apparatus. The control unit 21 is connected to the communication network 40 via the communication interface 24 and can communicate with the management server 10 and other karaoke apparatuses 20 via the communication interface 24. The control unit 11 is connected to a memory 22 and a hard disk (HDD) 23, and reads data from the memory 22 and the hard disk (HDD) 23, or writes data to the memory 22 and the hard disk (HDD) 23, and will be described later. Process. The control unit 21 and the communication interface 24 function as a reference unit. The control unit 21 functions as a reproduction unit, a second update unit, and a reflection unit.
 ハードディスク(HDD)23には、管理サーバ10からダウンロードした楽曲データ、楽曲データの曲目情報、歌詞データ、および、楽曲データに関連付けられた映像データ等が格納されるようになっている。 The hard disk (HDD) 23 stores music data downloaded from the management server 10, music piece information, lyrics data, video data associated with the music data, and the like.
 また、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信する場合には、通信を行う他のカラオケ端末装置20のユーザのID、他のカラオケ装置20を識別する情報なども格納されるようになっている。 In addition, when a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other, the ID of a user of another karaoke terminal apparatus 20 that performs communication, information for identifying the other karaoke apparatus 20 and the like are also stored.
 映像出力部25は、管理サーバ10からダウンロードしてハードディスク(HDD)23に格納した映像データや歌詞テロップをモニター50に出力する。また、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信する場合には、通信を行う他のカラオケ装置20に接続されたカメラの映像データをモニター50に出力する。したがって、他のカラオケ装置20が遠隔地にある場合でも、あたかも一緒の部屋でカラオケを歌唱している雰囲気を作り出すことができる。 The video output unit 25 outputs video data and lyrics telop downloaded from the management server 10 and stored in the hard disk (HDD) 23 to the monitor 50. When a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other, video data of a camera connected to another karaoke apparatus 20 that performs communication is output to the monitor 50. Therefore, even when the other karaoke apparatus 20 is in a remote place, it is possible to create an atmosphere as if singing karaoke in the same room.
 映像入力部26には、カメラ51が接続されており、カメラ51で撮影した歌唱者の映像などを入力してデータ処理を行う。データ処理された映像データは、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信する場合には、通信インターフェース24を介して他のカラオケ装置20に送信される。 The camera 51 is connected to the video input unit 26, and a video of a singer photographed by the camera 51 is input to perform data processing. The video data subjected to data processing is transmitted to another karaoke apparatus 20 via the communication interface 24 when a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other.
 音響出力部27は、管理サーバ10からダウンロードしてハードディスク(HDD)23に格納した音響データやマイクにより収音した歌唱者の音声データを出力する。音響出力部27には、アンプ52が接続され、アンプ52にはスピーカ53が接続されている。したがって、スピーカ53からは、カラオケの伴奏や、歌唱者の音声が出力される。 The sound output unit 27 outputs sound data downloaded from the management server 10 and stored in the hard disk (HDD) 23 and voice data of the singer collected by the microphone. An amplifier 52 is connected to the sound output unit 27, and a speaker 53 is connected to the amplifier 52. Therefore, the speaker 53 outputs karaoke accompaniment and the voice of the singer.
 また、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信する場合には、音響出力部27は、通信を行う他のカラオケ装置20に接続されたマイクで収音した歌唱者の音声データ、あるいは、コミュニケーションマイクで収音した周囲の音声データを出力する。したがって、他のカラオケ装置20が遠隔地にある場合でも、あたかも一緒の部屋でカラオケを歌唱している雰囲気を作り出すことができる。 When a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other, the sound output unit 27 uses voice data of a singer collected by a microphone connected to another karaoke apparatus 20 that performs communication, or a communication microphone. Outputs the surrounding audio data collected. Therefore, even when the other karaoke apparatus 20 is in a remote place, it is possible to create an atmosphere as if singing karaoke in the same room.
 音声入力部28には、歌唱用マイク54とコミュニケーションマイク55が接続されている。音声入力部28は、歌唱用マイク54により収音した歌唱者の音声や、コミュニケーションマイク55により収音した観客等の音声を入力してデータ処理を行う。 The voice input unit 28 is connected with a singing microphone 54 and a communication microphone 55. The voice input unit 28 performs data processing by inputting a voice of a singer collected by the singing microphone 54 or a voice of a spectator or the like collected by the communication microphone 55.
 指示入力部29は、複数のキースイッチやリモコン端末の受信部などを備えている。指示入力部29は、ユーザによって操作されたキースイッチやリモコン端末からのデータを入力して、制御部21に受け渡す。これにより、ユーザの操作に応じた種々の処理が行われることになる。詳しくは後述する。 The instruction input unit 29 includes a plurality of key switches, a remote control terminal receiving unit, and the like. The instruction input unit 29 inputs data from a key switch or a remote control terminal operated by the user, and passes it to the control unit 21. Thereby, various processes according to the user's operation are performed. Details will be described later.
[カラオケ装置間で通信を行う場合のログイン処理]
 次に、複数のカラオケ装置20が相互に通信を行う場合のログイン処理について説明する。一例として、図4に示すように、3つの拠点にカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、カラオケ装置20cがある場合について説明する。
[Login process when communicating between karaoke devices]
Next, login processing when a plurality of karaoke apparatuses 20 communicate with each other will be described. As an example, as shown in FIG. 4, a case where there are a karaoke device 20a, a karaoke device 20b, and a karaoke device 20c at three locations will be described.
 各拠点のユーザ60は、カラオケ装置20の相互の通信を希望する場合には、それぞれのカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、カラオケ装置20cを操作して、管理サーバ10に対してログイン状態の登録を行う(図4においてi)で示す)。 When the user 60 of each base desires mutual communication of the karaoke apparatus 20, the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c are operated, and registration of a login state is performed with respect to the management server 10. Performed (indicated by i) in FIG.
 ログイン状態の登録は、ユーザ60のID番号あるいはユーザネーム、年齢、性別、好きなアーティスト名、歌唱可能な音域等を入力することによって行う。既に管理サーバ10にこれらの情報を入力済みの場合には、例えば、ユーザのID番号あるいはユーザネームとパスワードの入力のみを行ってログインするようにしてもよい。また、事前にインターネットを介してID番号あるいはユーザネーム、年齢、性別、好きなアーティスト名、歌唱可能な音域等を登録しておくようにしてもよい。 Registration of the login state is performed by inputting the user's 60 ID number or user name, age, gender, favorite artist name, singing range, etc. When such information has already been input to the management server 10, for example, the user ID number or the user name and password may only be input to log in. Also, an ID number or user name, age, gender, favorite artist name, singable sound range, etc. may be registered in advance via the Internet.
 ユーザ60からのログイン状態の登録が行われると、管理サーバ10は、入力された情報に基づいてログイン管理リスト80を作成する。過去の履歴が残っている場合には、その残っているデータを用いてログイン管理リスト80を作成するようにしてもよい。ログイン管理リスト80には、ユーザ60のID番号あるいはユーザネームと、年齢、性別、好きなアーティスト名、歌唱可能な音域等のプロフィール情報と、装置情報が記録される。なお、装置情報は、それぞれのカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、カラオケ装置20cから自動的に送信される。装置情報は、IPアドレス等、個々のカラオケ装置20を識別でき、通信可能となる情報であればよい。 When registration of the login state from the user 60 is performed, the management server 10 creates a login management list 80 based on the input information. If a past history remains, the login management list 80 may be created using the remaining data. In the login management list 80, the ID number or user name of the user 60, profile information such as age, gender, favorite artist name, singable range, and device information are recorded. In addition, apparatus information is automatically transmitted from each karaoke apparatus 20a, karaoke apparatus 20b, and karaoke apparatus 20c. The device information may be any information such as an IP address that can identify each karaoke device 20 and enable communication.
 また、ログイン状態の登録は、各地点の全てのユーザ60が行うようにしてもよいし、それぞれの代表者60a、60b、60cが行うようにしてもよい。 Also, the registration of the login state may be performed by all the users 60 at each point, or may be performed by each representative 60a, 60b, 60c.
 次に、他の地点のユーザとのデュエットを楽しみたいユーザは、管理サーバ10にアクセスして、ユーザの検索を行う(図4においてii)で示す)。この検索は、他のユーザIDあるいはユーザネームを予め知っている場合には、そのユーザIDあるいはユーザネームを入力することにより、検索を行うことができる。また、それぞれのカラオケ装置20に接続されたモニター50にログイン管理リスト80を表示させ、ログイン管理リスト80に記載されているプロフィール情報から検索するようにしてもよい。 Next, a user who wants to enjoy a duet with a user at another point accesses the management server 10 and searches for the user (shown as ii) in FIG. 4). In this search, when another user ID or user name is known in advance, the search can be performed by inputting the user ID or user name. Alternatively, the login management list 80 may be displayed on the monitor 50 connected to each karaoke device 20 and searched from the profile information described in the login management list 80.
 管理サーバ10は、ユーザ検索の結果を、ユーザに対して通知する(図4においてiii)で示す)。この通知は、ユーザIDあるいはユーザネームを入力することにより、検索を行った場合には、検索対象のユーザがログインしているかどうかを通知するようにすればよい。また、モニター50にログイン管理リスト80を表示させて検索が行われた場合には、選択されたユーザがログインしているかどうかを通知するようにすればよい。 The management server 10 notifies the user of the result of the user search (indicated by iii) in FIG. In this notification, when a search is performed by inputting a user ID or a user name, it is only necessary to notify whether or not the search target user is logged in. Further, when a search is performed by displaying the login management list 80 on the monitor 50, it may be notified whether or not the selected user is logged in.
 検索対象のユーザがログインしている場合には、そのユーザに対して接続許可の問い合わせが行われる(図4においてiv)で示す)。この処理は、例えば、モニター50に、「接続許可の問い合わせを行いますか?」等の表示を行って、ユーザによって「はい」または「いいえ」を選択させるようにすればよい。 When the search target user is logged in, a connection permission inquiry is made to the user (indicated by iv) in FIG. 4). In this process, for example, a message such as “Do you want to make a connection permission inquiry” may be displayed on the monitor 50 so that the user selects “Yes” or “No”.
 接続許可の問い合わせが行われると、管理サーバ10は、ログイン管理リスト80に記録された装置情報に基づいて、選択されたユーザがログインしている地点のカラオケ端末装置20に対して、接続許可の問い合わせがあったことを通知する(図4においてv)で示す)。この通知があると、各拠点のカラオケ装置20は、それぞれのカラオケ装置20に接続されているモニター50に、その旨を表示させる。 When the connection permission inquiry is performed, the management server 10 determines the connection permission for the karaoke terminal device 20 at the point where the selected user is logged in based on the device information recorded in the login management list 80. Notify that there has been an inquiry (indicated by v in FIG. 4). If there is this notification, the karaoke apparatus 20 of each base will display that on the monitor 50 connected to each karaoke apparatus 20.
 例えば、問い合わせをしたユーザのID番号やユーザネーム、あるいはプロフィール情報を表示し、「このユーザから接続許可の問い合わせが来ています。許可しますか?」のように表示を行えばよい。 For example, the ID number, user name, or profile information of the user who made the inquiry may be displayed, and a display such as “A connection permission inquiry has been received from this user.
 このような表示がモニター50上で行われると、各地点のユーザは、例えば、「はい」または「いいえ」をリモコン等によって選択して、問い合わせについての回答を行う(図4においてvi)で示す)。 When such display is performed on the monitor 50, for example, the user at each point selects “Yes” or “No” with a remote controller or the like, and answers the inquiry (indicated by vi in FIG. 4). ).
 各拠点のカラオケ装置20から回答を受信した管理サーバ10は、その結果を問い合わせたユーザのカラオケ装置20に対して通知して(図4においてvii)で示す)、他の拠点のカラオケ装置の装置情報を送信する。この通知を受けたカラオケ装置20は、モニター50上に「接続が許可されました」等の表示を行うようにすればよい。 The management server 10 that has received the answer from the karaoke device 20 at each base notifies the karaoke device 20 of the user who inquired the result (shown by vii in FIG. 4), and the device of the karaoke device at the other base. Send information. The karaoke apparatus 20 that has received this notification may display on the monitor 50 such as “connection permitted”.
 このようにして、例えば、カラオケ装置20bの装置情報を取得したカラオケ装置20aは、カラオケ装置20bにアクセスを行い、カラオケ装置20aとカラオケ装置20bとの接続が行われ、カラオケ装置20aとカラオケ装置20bとの間で、相互に通信が行われることになる(図4においてviii)で示す)。なお、この場合、最初に接続の問い合わせを行ったカラオケ装置20aが親機として楽曲の再生データの送信や楽曲予約リスト等を管理する。 In this way, for example, the karaoke device 20a that has acquired the device information of the karaoke device 20b accesses the karaoke device 20b, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b are connected, and the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b. Are mutually communicated (shown as viii) in FIG. 4). In this case, the karaoke apparatus 20a that first inquires about connection manages transmission of music reproduction data, a music reservation list, and the like as a parent device.
 図5は、このようにして2つの拠点間のカラオケ装置が相互に通信している状態のイメージを示している。この状態においては、例えば、拠点Aのユーザ60aが選んだカラオケの楽曲データを管理サーバ10からダウンロードすると、その楽曲データは、拠点Aのカラオケ端末装置20aのハードディスク(HDD)23に格納される。 FIG. 5 shows an image of the state in which the karaoke apparatuses between the two bases communicate with each other in this way. In this state, for example, when karaoke music data selected by the user 60a at the site A is downloaded from the management server 10, the music data is stored in the hard disk (HDD) 23 of the karaoke terminal device 20a at the site A.
 拠点Aのユーザ60aが演奏の開始の操作を行うと、その楽曲データが再生され、地点Aにおけるアンプ52aおよびスピーカー53aを介して、拠点Aにおいてその楽曲のカラオケ伴奏が再生される。また、モニター50aには、その楽曲の歌詞テロップや、楽曲に関連付けられた映像データが表示される。また、拠点Aのユーザ60aの歌は、歌唱用マイク54aによって収音され、アンプ52aおよびスピーカー53aを介して再生される。 When the user 60a at the site A performs an operation for starting performance, the music data is reproduced, and the karaoke accompaniment of the music is reproduced at the site A via the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a at the point A. The monitor 50a displays lyrics telop of the music and video data associated with the music. The song of the user 60a at the site A is collected by the singing microphone 54a and reproduced through the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a.
 さらに、前記楽曲のカラオケ伴奏音は、拠点Aのカラオケ端末装置20aによって、再生データとしてカラオケ装置20bに送信される。この再生データを受信したカラオケ装置20bは、この再生データの再生を行い、アンプ52bおよびスピーカー53bを介して、拠点Aと同じカラオケ伴奏音が、拠点Bにおいても再生されることになる。 Further, the karaoke accompaniment sound of the music is transmitted to the karaoke apparatus 20b as reproduction data by the karaoke terminal apparatus 20a at the site A. The karaoke apparatus 20b that has received the reproduction data reproduces the reproduction data, and the same karaoke accompaniment sound as the base A is also reproduced at the base B through the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b.
 したがって、拠点Bのユーザ60bは、拠点Aと同じカラオケ伴奏音にしたがって歌唱することができ、拠点Bのユーザ60bの歌は、歌唱用マイク54bによって収音され、アンプ52bおよびスピーカー53bを介して再生される。また、歌唱用マイク54bによって収音された拠点Bのユーザ60bの音声データは、拠点Bのカラオケ装置20bによって、拠点Aのカラオケ装置20aに送信される。そして、拠点Aにおけるアンプ52aおよびスピーカー53aを介して再生される。また、同時に、拠点Aのユーザ60aの歌も、同様に、拠点Bにおけるアンプ52bおよびスピーカー53bを介して再生される。したがって、拠点Aのユーザ60aと地点Bのユーザ60bは、互いに離れた場所にいながら、同じ曲についてデュエットすることができる。 Accordingly, the user 60b at the site B can sing according to the same karaoke accompaniment sound as that at the site A, and the song of the user 60b at the site B is picked up by the singing microphone 54b, via the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b. Played. The voice data of the user B at the base B collected by the singing microphone 54b is transmitted to the karaoke apparatus 20a at the base A by the karaoke apparatus 20b at the base B. And it reproduces | regenerates through the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a in the base A. At the same time, the song of the user 60a at the site A is similarly reproduced via the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b at the site B. Therefore, the user 60a at the site A and the user 60b at the point B can duet on the same song while being at a place away from each other.
 さらに、拠点Aのユーザ60aが歌う様子は、カメラ51aによって撮影され、拠点Bに送信されてモニター50b上に表示される。また、拠点Bのユーザ60bが歌う様子は、カメラ51bによって撮影され、拠点Aに送信されてモニター50a上に表示される。したがって、拠点Aのユーザ60aと拠点Bのユーザ60bは、互いに離れた場所にいながら、あたかも同じ場所でデュエットしているかのような臨場感を体験することができる。 Furthermore, the state in which the user 60a at the site A sings is photographed by the camera 51a, transmitted to the site B, and displayed on the monitor 50b. The state in which the user 60b at the site B sings is photographed by the camera 51b, transmitted to the site A, and displayed on the monitor 50a. Therefore, the user 60a at the site A and the user 60b at the site B can experience a sense of reality as if they were duet at the same location while being away from each other.
 しかも、拠点Aの観客70aの拍手や声等は、コミュニケーションマイク55aによって収音され、拠点Bに送信されて拠点Bにおけるアンプ52bおよびスピーカー53bを介して再生される。また同様に、拠点Bの観客70bの拍手や声等は、コミュニケーションマイク55bによって収音され、拠点Aにおけるアンプ52aおよびスピーカー53aを介して再生される。したがって、拠点Aのユーザ60aおよび観客70aと地点Bのユーザ60bおよび観客70bは、互いに離れた場所にいながら、あたかも同じ場所にいるかのような臨場感を体験することができる。 Moreover, applause and voices of the audience 70a at the site A are collected by the communication microphone 55a, transmitted to the site B, and reproduced through the amplifier 52b and the speaker 53b at the site B. Similarly, applause and voice of the audience 70b at the site B are collected by the communication microphone 55b and reproduced via the amplifier 52a and the speaker 53a at the site A. Therefore, the user 60a and the spectator 70a at the base A and the user 60b and the spectator 70b at the point B can experience a sense of reality as if they were in the same place while being away from each other.
 なお、上述した例では、拠点Aのカラオケ装置20aによって楽曲データをダウンロードし、その楽曲データを再生したデータをカラオケ装置20aからカラオケ装置20bに送信したが、カラオケ装置20bにおいても管理サーバ10から楽曲データをダウンロードして、カラオケ装置20bにおいてそのダウンロードした楽曲データを再生するようにしてもよい。 In the above-described example, the music data is downloaded by the karaoke device 20a at the base A, and the data obtained by reproducing the music data is transmitted from the karaoke device 20a to the karaoke device 20b. Data may be downloaded and the downloaded music data may be reproduced in the karaoke apparatus 20b.
 また、上述した例では、2つの拠点のカラオケ装置20を接続したが、これ以上の複数の地点におけるカラオケ装置20を接続するようにしてもよい。この場合には、各拠点のカラオケ装置20は、歌唱用マイク54で収音した歌唱音のデータを、接続されている他のカラオケ装置20に送信するようにすればよい。 In the above-described example, the karaoke apparatuses 20 at the two bases are connected. However, the karaoke apparatuses 20 at a plurality of more points may be connected. In this case, the karaoke device 20 at each base may transmit the data of the singing sound collected by the singing microphone 54 to the other connected karaoke devices 20.
 各拠点の映像は、一つの画面上に合成表示するようにしてもよいし、分割表示を行うようにしてもよい。また、各拠点から届く歌唱音声は伴奏音とミキシングして再生される。楽曲データや歌詞テロップは、親機のカラオケ装置20から他のカラオケ装置20に送信するようにしてもよいし、それぞれのカラオケ装置20が管理サーバ10かダウンロードするようにしてもよい。 The video of each site may be displayed in a composite manner on one screen, or may be displayed in a divided manner. In addition, the singing voice received from each base is reproduced by mixing with the accompaniment sound. The music data and the lyrics telop may be transmitted from the karaoke device 20 of the parent device to another karaoke device 20 or may be downloaded from the management server 10 by each karaoke device 20.
 以上のような本実施形態のシステムによれば、親機のカラオケ装置20と他のカラオケ装置20との接続が確立された後は、その接続状態が維持されるので、楽曲ごとにデュエット相手を募集する必要がなく、例えば、遠隔地に住む知人と一定期間に渡ってデュエットを楽しむことができる。 According to the system of the present embodiment as described above, after the connection between the master karaoke device 20 and the other karaoke device 20 is established, the connection state is maintained. For example, you can enjoy a duet with an acquaintance living in a remote area for a certain period of time.
 また、本実施形態によれば、複数の拠点の歌唱音声がカラオケ伴奏音にミックスされて再生されるので、デュエット対象曲でなくても、拠点間でいつでも一緒に歌うことができる。さらに、本実施形態によれば、必ずしも複数の拠点で同時に歌う必要はなく、他の拠点では視聴するだけでも構わない。 In addition, according to the present embodiment, since the singing voices of a plurality of bases are mixed with the karaoke accompaniment sound and reproduced, it is possible to sing together between the bases even if they are not duets. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is not always necessary to sing at a plurality of locations simultaneously, and it may be only viewed at other locations.
[楽曲予約リストの同期処理]
 次に、本実施形態における楽曲予約リストの同期処理について説明する。一例として、図6に示すカラオケ装置20aから最初にカラオケ装置間の通信要求があり、カラオケ装置20aが親機(マスター装置)となって、カラオケ装置20b(スレーブ装置)およびカラオケ装置20c(スレーブ装置)との通信が可能な状態になっているものとする。また、カラオケ装置間の通信が開始された場合には、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cにおける楽曲予約リストは一旦クリアされるようになっている。
[Synchronization processing of music reservation list]
Next, the music reservation list synchronization processing in this embodiment will be described. As an example, there is a communication request between karaoke devices first from the karaoke device 20a shown in FIG. 6, and the karaoke device 20a becomes a master device (master device), and the karaoke device 20b (slave device) and karaoke device 20c (slave device). ) Communication is possible. Moreover, when communication between karaoke apparatuses is started, the music reservation list in the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c is once cleared.
 この状態において、例えば、カラオケ装置20cにおいて、楽曲の追加、削除、順番の変更等の楽曲予約に関連する操作が行われると(図7:S1)、その操作内容は、予約データとして、通信網40を通じて、親機となっているカラオケ装置20aに通知される(図7:S2)。 In this state, for example, when an operation related to music reservation such as addition, deletion, or change of order of music is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20c (FIG. 7: S1), the operation content is set as reservation data as a communication network. The notification is sent to the karaoke apparatus 20a serving as the parent device through 40 (FIG. 7: S2).
 予約データの通知を受けた親機のカラオケ装置20aは、接続されている他のカラオケ装置20bに対して楽曲予約リストの操作を一旦禁止する指示を送信する(図7:S3)。 Receiving notification of reservation data, the master karaoke apparatus 20a transmits an instruction to temporarily prohibit the operation of the music reservation list to another connected karaoke apparatus 20b (FIG. 7: S3).
 そして、親機のカラオケ装置20aは、カラオケ装置20cからの要求に従ってマスター予約リストとしての楽曲予約リスト90を操作し、更新する(図7:S4)。 Then, the karaoke device 20a of the master unit operates and updates the music reservation list 90 as the master reservation list in accordance with a request from the karaoke device 20c (FIG. 7: S4).
 更新された最新のリストは複製されてカラオケ装置20cおよびカラオケ装置20bに更新データとして転送され(図7:S5、S6)、カラオケ装置20cおよびカラオケ装置20bにおいて個別予約リストである楽曲予約リスト90cおよび楽曲予約リスト90bとして保存される(図7:S7、S8)。 The updated latest list is copied and transferred as update data to the karaoke apparatus 20c and the karaoke apparatus 20b (FIG. 7: S5, S6), and the music reservation list 90c, which is an individual reservation list in the karaoke apparatus 20c and the karaoke apparatus 20b, and The music reservation list 90b is stored (FIG. 7: S7, S8).
 親機のカラオケ装置20aは、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cに楽曲予約リストの操作を再度許可する(図7:S9、S10)。 The master karaoke apparatus 20a permits the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c to operate the music reservation list again (FIG. 7: S9, S10).
 すれ違いにより、楽曲予約リストの操作禁止区間中に操作要求が出された場合には、その要求は拒否され、要求を出したカラオケ装置には、「他の装置によって操作されている」旨のエラーメッセージが表示される。 If an operation request is issued during an operation-prohibited section of the music reservation list due to a passing error, the request is rejected, and the karaoke device that issued the request will receive an error indicating that “the device is being operated by another device”. A message is displayed.
 なお、親機のカラオケ装置20aが楽曲予約リストの操作を行った場合には、接続されている他のカラオケ装置20bおよびにカラオケ装置20c対して楽曲予約リストの操作を一旦禁止する指示が送信される。以下、図7に示すS4以降の処理が同様に行われる。 When the master karaoke apparatus 20a operates the music reservation list, an instruction for temporarily prohibiting the operation of the music reservation list is transmitted to the other karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c. The Thereafter, the processing after S4 shown in FIG. 7 is similarly performed.
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、いずれのカラオケ装置において楽曲予約リストの操作を行った場合でも、その操作の内容は、他のカラオケ装置における楽曲予約リストに反映されるので、それぞれのカラオケ装置が離れた場所にある場合でも、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケでデュエットを楽しむことができる。
 なお、本実施形態において、楽曲予約リストの更新を行う更新部と、更新された内容を反映させる反映部とは、共に制御部21の機能として実現される。
As described above, according to the present embodiment, even when the music reservation list is operated in any karaoke device, the contents of the operation are reflected in the music reservation list in the other karaoke devices. Even if the karaoke device is in a remote location, you can enjoy a duet with karaoke as if you were in one room.
In the present embodiment, the update unit that updates the music reservation list and the reflection unit that reflects the updated contents are both realized as functions of the control unit 21.
<B:第2実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第2実施形態を図8および図9に基づいて説明する。なお、第1実施形態との共通個所には同一符号を付して説明を省略する。
 第1実施形態では、親機のカラオケ装置においてマスター予約リストとしての楽曲予約リスト90を管理したが、図8に示すように、管理サーバ10においてマスター予約リストとしての楽曲予約リスト90を管理するようにしてもよい。
<B: Second Embodiment>
Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to a common part with 1st Embodiment, and description is abbreviate | omitted.
In the first embodiment, the music reservation list 90 as the master reservation list is managed in the karaoke apparatus of the master unit. However, as shown in FIG. 8, the management server 10 manages the music reservation list 90 as the master reservation list. It may be.
 例えば、カラオケ装置20aにおいて、楽曲の追加、削除、順番の変更等の楽曲予約に関連する操作が行われると(図9:S20)、その操作内容は、通信網40を通じて、予約データとして管理サーバ10に通知される(図9:S21)。 For example, in the karaoke apparatus 20a, when an operation related to music reservation such as addition, deletion, or change of order of music is performed (FIG. 9: S20), the operation content is managed as reservation data through the communication network 40. 10 (FIG. 9: S21).
 予約データの通知を受けた管理サーバ10は、接続されている他のカラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cに対して楽曲予約リストの操作を一旦禁止する指示を送信する(図9:S22、S23)。 Upon receiving the reservation data notification, the management server 10 transmits an instruction for temporarily prohibiting the operation of the music reservation list to the other connected karaoke apparatuses 20b and 20c (FIG. 9: S22, S23).
 そして、管理サーバ10は、カラオケ装置20aからの要求に従って楽曲予約リスト90を操作し、更新する(図9:S24)。 Then, the management server 10 operates and updates the music reservation list 90 according to the request from the karaoke apparatus 20a (FIG. 9: S24).
 更新された最新のリストは、複製されてカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cに更新データとして転送され(図9:S25、S26、S27)、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cにおいて個別予約リストである楽曲予約リスト90a、楽曲予約リスト90bおよび楽曲予約リスト90cとして保存される(図9:S28、S29、S30)。 The updated latest list is copied and transferred as update data to the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the karaoke device 20c (FIG. 9: S25, S26, S27), and the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the karaoke device 20c. Are stored as a music reservation list 90a, a music reservation list 90b, and a music reservation list 90c, which are individual reservation lists (FIG. 9: S28, S29, S30).
 管理サーバ10は、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cにより楽曲予約リストの操作を再度許可する(図9:S31、S31)。 The management server 10 permits the operation of the music reservation list again by the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c (FIG. 9: S31, S31).
 すれ違いにより、楽曲予約リストの操作禁止区間中に操作要求が出された場合には、その要求は拒否され、要求を出したカラオケ装置には、「他の装置によって操作されている」旨のエラーメッセージが表示される。 If an operation request is issued during an operation-prohibited section of the music reservation list due to a passing error, the request is rejected, and the karaoke device that issued the request will receive an error indicating that “the device is being operated by another device”. A message is displayed.
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、いずれのカラオケ装置において楽曲予約リストの操作を行った場合でも、その操作の内容は、他のカラオケ装置における楽曲予約リストに反映されるので、それぞれのカラオケ装置が離れた場所にある場合でも、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケでデュエットを楽しむことができる。
 なお、本実施形態のように構成する場合には、予約リストを更新する第1更新部を管理サーバ10に備え、各カラオケ装置には、予約データを管理サーバ10に送信する第2更新部と、管理サーバ10から送信された更新の内容を各楽曲予約リストに反映させる反映部を備えるようにしてもよい。管理サーバ10の第1更新部は制御部11の機能により実現され、各カラオケ装置の第2更新部及び反映部は、制御部21の機能により実現される。
As described above, according to the present embodiment, even when the music reservation list is operated in any karaoke device, the contents of the operation are reflected in the music reservation list in the other karaoke devices. Even if the karaoke device is in a remote location, you can enjoy a duet with karaoke as if you were in one room.
In addition, when comprised like this embodiment, the 1st update part which updates a reservation list is provided in the management server 10, and each karaoke apparatus has the 2nd update part which transmits reservation data to the management server 10, and In addition, a reflection unit that reflects the contents of the update transmitted from the management server 10 in each music reservation list may be provided. The first update unit of the management server 10 is realized by the function of the control unit 11, and the second update unit and the reflection unit of each karaoke device are realized by the function of the control unit 21.
<C:第3実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第3実施形態を図10に基づいて説明する。第1実施形態との共通個所には同一符号を付して説明を省略する。本実施形態は、各拠点における楽曲演奏操作を、他の拠点にも反映させる実施形態である。
<C: Third Embodiment>
Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. Portions common to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. The present embodiment is an embodiment in which the music performance operation at each base is reflected on other bases.
 本実施形態においても、図6に示すように、カラオケ装置20aから最初にカラオケ装置間の相互の通信要求があり、カラオケ装置20aが親機となって、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cとの通信が可能な状態になっているものとする。 Also in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 6, there is a mutual communication request between the karaoke devices first from the karaoke device 20a, and the karaoke device 20a becomes the parent device, and communicates with the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c. Is assumed to be possible.
 この状態で、例えば、カラオケ装置20cにおいて、楽曲再生の制御に関連する操作が行われると(図10:S40)、カラオケ装置20cは、その操作が同期の対象となる操作かどうかを判定する(図10:S41)。 In this state, for example, when an operation related to music playback control is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20c (FIG. 10: S40), the karaoke apparatus 20c determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized ( FIG. 10: S41).
 同期の対象となる操作は、スタート、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作である。 The operations that are subject to synchronization are performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations.
 また、同期の対象ではない操作は、拠点固有の音量調整操作、予約リストや設定状態の参照・確認操作である。 Also, operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
 その操作が、同期の対象となる操作であった場合には、カラオケ装置20cは、まず自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(図10:S42)。 When the operation is an operation to be synchronized, the karaoke apparatus 20c first determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if the operation can be permitted, locks its own state. (FIG. 10: S42).
 例えば、演奏中にはスタートの操作は許可できないし、演奏が行われていない時には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の操作も許可できない。しかし、演奏中には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。また、演奏が行われていない時には、スタートの操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。 For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20cは、ユーザが行った操作が、許可できない操作であった場合には、同期処理を行わない。 The karaoke apparatus 20c does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20cは、自分自身の状態をロックした後、接続されているその他のカラオケ端末装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bに対して当該操作の可否を問い合わせる(図10:S43、S46)。 After the karaoke device 20c locks its own state, the karaoke device 20c inquires of other connected karaoke terminal devices 20a and karaoke devices 20b whether the operation is possible (FIG. 10: S43, S46).
 問い合わせを受けたカラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bは、自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(図10:S44、S47)。 Upon receiving the inquiry, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b determine whether or not the operation can be permitted by themselves, and if the operation can be permitted, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b lock their own state (FIG. 10: S44, S47).
 そして、カラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bは、カラオケ装置20cに対して操作が許可可能か否かの応答をする(図10:S45、S48)。 Then, the karaoke apparatus 20a and the karaoke apparatus 20b respond to the karaoke apparatus 20c as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (FIG. 10: S45, S48).
 各カラオケ装置20は、状態ロック期間中においては、自分自身における操作要求、および、その他のカラオケ装置20からの操作要求を受け付けないようにする。 Each karaoke device 20 is configured not to accept an operation request for itself or an operation request from another karaoke device 20 during the state lock period.
 問い合わせを行ったカラオケ装置20c(利用者が操作した装置)は、その他の全てのカラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bから操作可否の応答が帰るのを待つ。 The karaoke device 20c that has made the inquiry (the device operated by the user) waits for a response indicating whether the operation is possible from all other karaoke devices 20a and 20b.
 待機中に一部のカラオケ装置20から「操作禁止」の応答を受け取った場合は、要求元はすべてのカラオケ装置20に対する操作要求を取り下げ、「他の装置によって操作されている」旨のエラーメッセージを表示する。 If a response of “prohibition of operation” is received from some karaoke apparatuses 20 during standby, the request source cancels the operation request for all karaoke apparatuses 20 and an error message indicating that “the operation is being performed by another apparatus”. Is displayed.
 すべてのカラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bが操作許可の応答を返したら、要求元のカラオケ装置20cは各拠点のカラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bに具体的な操作内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを通知し、再生制御を指示する(図10:S49、S50)。 When all of the karaoke apparatuses 20a and karaoke apparatuses 20b have returned an operation permission response, the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c notifies the karaoke apparatus 20a and the karaoke apparatus 20b at each base station of a master reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents. Then, the reproduction control is instructed (FIG. 10: S49, S50).
 指示を受けたカラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bは、マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて自分自身の再生制御を行い、ロックを解除する(図10:S51、S52)。そして、要求元のカラオケ装置20cに対して完了通知を送信する(図10:S53、S54)。 Upon receiving the instruction, the karaoke device 20a and the karaoke device 20b perform their own reproduction control based on the master reproduction control command and release the lock (FIG. 10: S51, S52). Then, a completion notification is transmitted to the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c (FIG. 10: S53, S54).
 要求元のカラオケ装置20cは、その他のすべてのカラオケ装置20aおよびカラオケ装置20bから完了通知を受け取った後で、自分自身の再生制御を行い、ロックを解除する(図10:S54)。 The requesting karaoke apparatus 20c receives the completion notification from all the other karaoke apparatuses 20a and 20b, and then performs its own reproduction control to release the lock (FIG. 10: S54).
 以上のような制御は、管理サーバ10の管理の下で行うようにしてもよい。例えば、カラオケ装置20aにおいて、楽曲再生の制御に関連する操作が行われると(図11:S60)、カラオケ装置20aは、その操作が同期の対象となる操作かどうかを判定する(図11:S61)。 The above control may be performed under the management of the management server 10. For example, when an operation related to music playback control is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20a (FIG. 11: S60), the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized (FIG. 11: S61). ).
 同期の対象となる操作は、上述の場合と同様に、スタート、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作である。 The operations to be synchronized are performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., key control, and tempo control, as described above.
 また、同期の対象ではない操作も、上述の場合と同様に、拠点固有の音量調整操作、予約リストや設定状態の参照・確認操作である。 Also, operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations, as in the case described above.
 その操作が、同期の対象となる操作であった場合には、カラオケ装置20aは、まず自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(図11:S62)。 If the operation is an operation to be synchronized, the karaoke apparatus 20a first determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state. (FIG. 11: S62).
 例えば、演奏中にはスタートの操作は許可できないし、演奏が行われていない時には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の操作も許可できない。しかし、演奏中には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。また、演奏が行われていない時には、スタートの操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。 For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20aは、ユーザが行った操作が、許可できない操作であった場合には、同期処理を行わない。 The karaoke apparatus 20a does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20aは、自分自身の状態をロックした後、管理サーバ10に対して具体的な操作内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを送信し、同期処理の要求を通知する(図10:S63)。 The karaoke apparatus 20a locks its own state, and then transmits a master reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents to the management server 10 to notify a request for synchronization processing (FIG. 10: S63).
 要求を受けた管理サーバ10は、他のカラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cに対して操作が許可可能か否かの問い合わせをする(図11:S64、S67)。 Upon receiving the request, the management server 10 inquires of the other karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c whether or not the operation can be permitted (FIG. 11: S64, S67).
 問い合わせを受けたカラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cは、自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(図10:S65、S68)。 Upon receiving the inquiry, the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c determine whether or not the operation can be permitted by themselves, and if so, lock their own state (FIG. 10: S65, S68).
 そして、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cは、管理サーバ10に対して操作が許可可能か否かの応答をする(図11:S66、S69)。 Then, the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20c respond to the management server 10 as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (FIG. 11: S66, S69).
 各カラオケ装置20は、状態ロック期間中においては、自分自身における操作要求、および、管理サーバ10からの操作要求を受け付けないようにする。 Each karaoke apparatus 20 is configured not to accept an operation request for itself or an operation request from the management server 10 during the state lock period.
 管理サーバ10は、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cから操作可否の応答が帰るのを待つ。 The management server 10 waits for a response indicating whether the operation is possible from the karaoke device 20b and the karaoke device 20c.
 待機中に一部のカラオケ装置20から「操作禁止」の応答を受け取った場合は、管理サーバ10はすべてのカラオケ装置20に対する操作要求を取り下げ、「他の装置によって操作されている」旨のエラーメッセージを表示する。 If a response “prohibit operation” is received from some of the karaoke devices 20 during standby, the management server 10 cancels the operation request for all the karaoke devices 20 and an error indicating that “the operation is being performed by another device”. Display a message.
 カラオケ端末装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cが操作許可の応答を返したら、管理サーバ10はすべてのカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cに具体的な操作内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを通知し、再生制御を指示する(図11:S70、S73、S76)。 When the karaoke terminal device 20b and the karaoke device 20c return an operation permission response, the management server 10 notifies a master reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents to all the karaoke devices 20a, karaoke device 20b, and karaoke device 20c. Reproduction control is instructed (FIG. 11: S70, S73, S76).
 指示を受けたカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cは、マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて、それぞれ自分自身の再生制御を行い、ロックを解除する(図11:S71、S74、S77)。そして、要求元のカラオケ装置20cに対して完了通知を送信する(図11:S72、S75、S78)。 The karaoke device 20a, karaoke device 20b, and karaoke device 20c that received the instruction perform their own reproduction control based on the master reproduction control command and release the lock (FIG. 11: S71, S74, S77). Then, a completion notification is transmitted to the requesting karaoke apparatus 20c (FIG. 11: S72, S75, S78).
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、一つのカラオケ装置で行われた楽曲演奏操作が、通信モードで接続されている他の全てのカラオケ装置に反映されるので、相互に通信している全てのカラオケ装置に同じ状態でデュエットを行うことができる。
 本実施形態では、楽曲データに対する再生制御の内容を、マスター再生制御コマンドとしてマスター再生制御出力部により送信し、再生制御部において楽曲データの再生制御に反映させる例について説明したが、マスター再生制御出力部及び再生制御部は、制御部21の機能として実現される。また、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、または、カラオケ装置20cのいずれかにおける第2マスター再生制御コマンド出力部から管理サーバ10マスター再生制御コマンドを送信し、管理サーバ10の第1マスター再生制御コマンド出力部からマスター再生制御コマンドをカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cに送信し、さらに、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cの再生制御部で再生制御を行う例についても説明した。この場合には、管理サーバ10の制御部11が第1マスター再生制御コマンド出力部として機能し、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20cの制御部21が、第2マスター再生制御コマンド出力部及び再生制御部として機能する。
As described above, according to the present embodiment, the music performance operation performed on one karaoke device is reflected on all other karaoke devices connected in the communication mode, and therefore communicates with each other. Duet can be performed on all karaoke devices in the same state.
In the present embodiment, an example in which the content of playback control for music data is transmitted as a master playback control command by the master playback control output unit and reflected in the playback control of music data in the playback control unit has been described. The unit and the reproduction control unit are realized as a function of the control unit 21. Also, the management server 10 master reproduction control command is transmitted from the second master reproduction control command output unit in any of the karaoke apparatus 20a, karaoke apparatus 20b, or karaoke apparatus 20c, and the first master reproduction control command output of the management server 10 is output. The master reproduction control command is transmitted from the unit to the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c, and the reproduction control unit of the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the karaoke apparatus 20c performs the reproduction control. In this case, the control unit 11 of the management server 10 functions as a first master reproduction control command output unit, and the control unit 21 of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the karaoke device 20c functions as a second master reproduction control command output unit. And functions as a playback control unit.
<D:第4実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第4実施形態を図12に基づいて説明する。本実施形態は、本発明のシステムを楽器のセッションに適用した実施形態である。本実施形態においては、音響データ処理装置として、パーソナルコンピュータを用いた例である。
<D: Fourth Embodiment>
Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, the system of the present invention is applied to a musical instrument session. In this embodiment, a personal computer is used as the acoustic data processing apparatus.
 本実施形態では、図12に示すように、拠点1のパーソナルコンピュータ80と、拠点2のパーソナルコンピュータ81と、拠点3のパーソナルコンピュータ82が、通信網40を介して管理サーバ10と接続されている。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the personal computer 80 at the site 1, the personal computer 81 at the site 2, and the personal computer 82 at the site 3 are connected to the management server 10 via the communication network 40. .
 拠点1においては、オーディオインターフェース82を介してギター81の実演データがパーソナルコンピュータ80に入力されるようになっている。拠点2においては、オーディオインターフェース85を介してキーボード84の実演データがパーソナルコンピュータ83に入力されるようになっている。拠点3においては、オーディオインターフェース89を介してマイク88により収音されたサックス87の実演データがパーソナルコンピュータ86に入力されるようになっている。 At the site 1, performance data of the guitar 81 is input to the personal computer 80 via the audio interface 82. At the site 2, demonstration data on the keyboard 84 is input to the personal computer 83 via the audio interface 85. At the site 3, the performance data of the saxophone 87 collected by the microphone 88 via the audio interface 89 is input to the personal computer 86.
 拠点1、拠点2、拠点3のそれぞれのユーザは、パーソナルコンピュータ80、パーソナルコンピュータ81、およびパーソナルコンピュータ82によって、インターネットに接続し、管理サーバ10にアクセスする。 Each user of the site 1, the site 2, and the site 3 connects to the Internet and accesses the management server 10 by the personal computer 80, the personal computer 81, and the personal computer 82.
 管理サーバ10にアクセスすると、ID番号やユーザネームの入力が求められるので、その要求に従って、ID番号やユーザネームの入力を行い、ログインを行う。 When accessing the management server 10, input of an ID number and a user name is required. Therefore, according to the request, an ID number and a user name are input and login is performed.
 各ユーザのログイン状態は、管理サーバ10によって管理され、それぞれのパーソナルコンピュータ80、パーソナルコンピュータ81、およびパーソナルコンピュータ82から確認することができる。 The login state of each user is managed by the management server 10 and can be confirmed from each personal computer 80, personal computer 81, and personal computer 82.
 例えば、拠点1のユーザが拠点2のユーザと拠点3のユーザにセッションへの参加を問い合わせる。拠点2のユーザと拠点3のユーザがこれを許可すると、管理サーバ10は、拠点2のパーソナルコンピュータ83および拠点3のパーソナルコンピュータ86の接続情報を拠点1のパーソナルコンピュータ80に通知する。 For example, the user at the site 1 inquires the user at the site 2 and the user at the site 3 about participation in the session. When the user at the site 2 and the user at the site 3 permit this, the management server 10 notifies the connection information of the personal computer 83 at the site 2 and the personal computer 86 at the site 3 to the personal computer 80 at the site 1.
 拠点1のパーソナルコンピュータ80は、通知された接続情報に基づいて拠点2のパーソナルコンピュータ83と、拠点3のパーソナルコンピュータ86にアクセスし、通知された接続情報と自分自身の接続情報を拠点2のパーソナルコンピュータ83と、拠点3のパーソナルコンピュータ86に通知する。 The personal computer 80 at the site 1 accesses the personal computer 83 at the site 2 and the personal computer 86 at the site 3 based on the notified connection information, and uses the notified connection information and its own connection information for the personal computer at the site 2. The notification is sent to the computer 83 and the personal computer 86 at the site 3.
 その結果、パーソナルコンピュータ80、パーソナルコンピュータ81、およびパーソナルコンピュータ82のそれぞれは、通信網40を介して相互に接続され、互いの実演データの送信と受信が可能になる。 As a result, the personal computer 80, the personal computer 81, and the personal computer 82 are connected to each other via the communication network 40 and can transmit and receive each other's performance data.
 したがって、各拠点において、各楽器の実演データをサウンドインターフェースを介して送信し、互いの実演データを受信してミックスして再生することにより、それぞれの拠点において、他の拠点での楽器演奏の実演データを再生することができ、あたかも一つの場所でセッションを行っているかのような臨場感を体験することができる。 Therefore, at each site, the performance data of each instrument is transmitted via the sound interface, and each performance data is received, mixed, and played back. Data can be played back and you can experience the presence as if you were in a single session.
 本実施形態においても、パーソナルコンピュータにカメラを接続することにより、各拠点における演奏をそれぞれの拠点に送信し、合成または分割表示により、各拠点での映像を再生することもできる。 Also in this embodiment, by connecting a camera to a personal computer, the performance at each site can be transmitted to each site, and the video at each site can be reproduced by combining or split display.
 また、本実施形態においては、セッションに参加するメンバーがそれぞれ自分で演奏するパートを抜いた残りの楽曲の楽曲データ、いわゆるマイナスワンの楽曲データを伴奏用の補助データとしてそれぞれの拠点で再生するようにしてもよい。また、メトロノームデータやリズムパターンデータの補助データをそれぞれの拠点で再生するようにしてもよい。さらには、歌詞データや譜面データの補助データをそれぞれの拠点で表示するようにしてもよい。
 マイナスワンの楽曲データ、メトロノームデータ、リズムパターンデータ、歌詞データまたは譜面データは、管理サーバ、または、いずれかのパーソナルコンピュータから出力し、各パーソナルコンピュータごとに同期して再生または表示するようにしてもよい。
In the present embodiment, the members participating in the session play the music data of the remaining music from which the parts to be played by themselves are removed, so-called minus one music data, as auxiliary data for accompaniment at each base. It may be. Further, auxiliary data such as metronome data and rhythm pattern data may be reproduced at each base. Further, auxiliary data such as lyrics data and musical score data may be displayed at each base.
Minus-one music data, metronome data, rhythm pattern data, lyrics data or music score data is output from the management server or any personal computer, and may be played back or displayed in synchronization with each personal computer. Good.
 楽器セッションにおいて、楽曲データを各拠点で再生する場合には、上述したカラオケ装置の実施形態のように、楽曲の予約リストを各拠点から操作できるようにすればよい。
 また、楽器セッションにおいて、楽曲データを各拠点で再生する場合には、楽曲データのスタート、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏制御、あるいは、キーコントロール、テンポコントロール等の演奏制御を各拠点で同期させるようにしてもよい。
 さらに、予約リストは、楽曲データに限定されず、メトロノームデータ、リズムパターンデータ、譜面データ、歌詞データなどの予約リストであってもよい。
In the musical instrument session, when the music data is played back at each site, the music reservation list may be operated from each site as in the embodiment of the karaoke apparatus described above.
Also, when playing music data at each location in a musical instrument session, performance control such as start of music data, stop of performance, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., or performance control such as key control, tempo control, etc. You may make it synchronize in a base.
Furthermore, the reservation list is not limited to music data, and may be a reservation list such as metronome data, rhythm pattern data, musical score data, and lyrics data.
 ピアノの生伴奏による合唱を行う場合や、アカペラでコーラスを行う場合には、歌詞データや譜面データをそれぞれの拠点で表示するようにすればよい。また、この歌詞データや譜面データは、管理サーバまたはいずれかのパーソナルコンピュータから出力し、パーソナルコンピュータごとに同期して表示するようにしてもよい。 When performing chorus with live piano accompaniment or chorus with a cappella, lyric data and score data may be displayed at each base. Further, the lyrics data and musical score data may be output from the management server or any personal computer and displayed in synchronization with each personal computer.
<E:第5実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第5実施形態を図13乃至図15に基づいて説明する。上述した各実施形態においては、通信網40を介して相互に通信可能に接続された複数のカラオケ装置20のネットワークは、全て同一種類の装置で構成されており、利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースも共通である場合について説明した。しかし、本実施形態は、カラオケ装置のネットワークが、カラオケ専用の装置(上述した各実施形態においては、カラオケ装置20a~20c)だけで構成されているのではなく、本発明のカラオケシステムに接続可能な汎用の端末装置をカラオケ装置として含んで構成されているところが上述した各実施形態と異なる。このような汎用の端末装置において利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースは、カラオケ専用のカラオケ装置20a~20cにおいて利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースと異なることが考えられる。例えば、汎用の端末装置において利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースの曲数は、カラオケ専用のカラオケ装置20a~20cにおいて利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースの曲数よりも少ない場合がある。このように、本実施形態は、カラオケ装置のネットワークにおいて利用できる楽曲データのデータベースが、カラオケ装置によって異なる場合があるところも、上述した各実施形態と異なる。
<E: Fifth Embodiment>
Next, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In each embodiment mentioned above, the network of the some karaoke apparatus 20 connected so that mutual communication was possible via the communication network 40 was comprised by the same kind of apparatus, and the database of the music data which can be used also is used. The common case has been described. However, in this embodiment, the network of karaoke devices is not only composed of devices dedicated to karaoke (in the above-described embodiments, karaoke devices 20a to 20c), but can be connected to the karaoke system of the present invention. This embodiment is different from the above-described embodiments in that a general-purpose terminal device is included as a karaoke device. The music data database that can be used in such a general-purpose terminal device may be different from the music data database that can be used in the karaoke devices 20a to 20c dedicated to karaoke. For example, the number of songs in a database of music data that can be used in a general-purpose terminal device may be smaller than the number of songs in a database of music data that can be used in karaoke devices 20a to 20c dedicated to karaoke. Thus, the present embodiment is different from the above-described embodiments in that the database of music data that can be used in the network of karaoke apparatuses may differ depending on the karaoke apparatus.
 本実施形態に用いられる汎用の端末装置としては、例えば、家庭用のパーソナルコンピュータ、据え置き型のゲーム機、スマートTV、STB(Set Top Box)等が考えられる。また、他の例としては、タブレット、スマートフォン、携帯ゲーム機等も、カラオケ用のアプリケーションを利用することにより、本発明のカラオケシステムに接続することが可能となる。 As the general-purpose terminal device used in this embodiment, for example, a home personal computer, a stationary game machine, a smart TV, an STB (Set Top Box) or the like can be considered. Moreover, as another example, a tablet, a smart phone, a portable game machine, etc. can be connected to the karaoke system of the present invention by using an application for karaoke.
 本実施形態では、一例として、図13に示すように、カラオケ専用のカラオケ装置20a、20bと、スマートフォン20’によりカラオケ装置のネットワークが構成される例について説明する。図13に示すシステムは、第1実施形態で説明した図6に示すシステムに対応するものであり、カラオケ装置20aが親機(マスター装置)として機能し、カラオケ装置20bおよびスマートフォン20’がスレーブ装置として機能する。 In this embodiment, as an example, an example in which a karaoke device network is configured by karaoke devices 20a and 20b dedicated to karaoke and a smartphone 20 'as illustrated in FIG. The system shown in FIG. 13 corresponds to the system shown in FIG. 6 described in the first embodiment. The karaoke device 20a functions as a master device (master device), and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 ′ are slave devices. Function as.
 ログインの方法は、第1実施形態で説明した方法と同様であり、スマートフォン20’は、予めインストールしてあるカラオケ用のアプリケーションを起動させて、管理サーバ10にログイン要求を行うことにより、カラオケシステムへのログインが可能となっている。図4に示すように、管理サーバ10に備えられるログイン管理リスト80には、ID情報およびプロフィール情報の他に、装置情報が記録され、当該装置情報としてスマートフォン20’を識別する情報が記録される。このログイン管理リスト80の情報は、親機であるカラオケ装置20aにも伝えられるため、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、スマートフォン20’からのアクセスがあった場合に、カラオケ専用のカラオケ装置20bとは異なる種類の装置からのアクセスであることを認識することができる。 The login method is the same as the method described in the first embodiment, and the smartphone 20 ′ activates a karaoke application installed in advance and makes a login request to the management server 10. Login to is enabled. As illustrated in FIG. 4, in the login management list 80 provided in the management server 10, device information is recorded in addition to ID information and profile information, and information for identifying the smartphone 20 ′ is recorded as the device information. . Since the information in the login management list 80 is also transmitted to the karaoke device 20a that is the parent device, the karaoke device 20a that is the parent device is the karaoke device 20b dedicated to karaoke when accessed from the smartphone 20 '. Can recognize that the access is from a different type of device.
 スマートフォン20’が利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースは、楽曲購入サイトにおいて、再生権利を購入するか、あるいは、購入した楽曲をスマートフォン20’にダウンロードすることにより構成される。したがって、一般的には、カラオケ専用の装置であるカラオケ装置20a、20bが利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースの曲数に比べると、スマートフォン20’において利用可能な楽曲データのデータベースの曲数は少ない。その結果、カラオケ装置20a、20bにおいて予約された楽曲が、スマートフォン20’においては利用できないことも考えられる。 The database of music data that can be used by the smartphone 20 ′ is configured by purchasing a reproduction right or downloading the purchased music to the smartphone 20 ′ at a music purchase site. Therefore, in general, the number of songs in the song data database that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′ is smaller than the number of songs in the song data database that can be used by the karaoke devices 20 a and 20 b that are devices dedicated to karaoke. As a result, the music reserved in the karaoke apparatuses 20a and 20b may not be used on the smartphone 20 '.
 そこで、本実施形態においては、いずれかのカラオケ装置において楽曲予約の操作が行われた場合には、直ちに楽曲予約リストを更新するのではなく、親機であるカラオケ装置20aの判定部により、予約に係る楽曲が、全てのカラオケ装置において利用可能であるかどうかを判定し、肯定的な判定結果が得られた場合にのみ楽曲予約リストを更新するように構成した。判定部は、制御部21により実現される機能である。 Therefore, in this embodiment, when a music reservation operation is performed in any karaoke device, the music reservation list is not immediately updated, but the reservation is performed by the determination unit of the karaoke device 20a which is the parent device. It is determined whether or not the music related to is available in all karaoke devices, and the music reservation list is updated only when a positive determination result is obtained. The determination unit is a function realized by the control unit 21.
 以下、図14および図15を参照して、本実施形態における楽曲予約リストの同期処理について説明する。例えば、図14に示すように、カラオケ装置20bにおいて、楽曲の追加等の楽曲予約に関連する操作が行われると(S1)、その操作内容は、予約データとして、通信網40を通じて、親機となっているカラオケ装置20aに通知される(S2)。 Hereinafter, the music reservation list synchronization processing according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15. For example, as shown in FIG. 14, when an operation related to music reservation such as addition of music is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20b (S1), the operation content is stored as reservation data through the communication network 40 and the parent device. The karaoke device 20a is notified (S2).
 予約データの通知を受けた親機のカラオケ装置20aは、予約データに係る楽曲が、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれの装置においても再生可能な楽曲であるかどうかを判定する(S11)。判定の方法は、専用のカラオケ装置とは異なる種類の装置であるスマートフォン20’のみに対して、当該楽曲が再生可能かを問い合わせても良いし、カラオケ装置20a自身を含めて、それぞれの装置で当該楽曲が再生可能かを問い合わせてもよい。また、親機であるカラオケ装置20aが、スマートフォン20’において利用可能な楽曲の情報を予め問い合わせて、カラオケ装置20aに記憶しておき、記憶した情報に基づいて判定するようにしてもよい。 Receiving the notification of the reservation data, the karaoke device 20a of the parent device determines whether or not the music related to the reservation data is a music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 ′. (S11). As for the determination method, only the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, may be inquired about whether or not the music can be reproduced, and each device including the karaoke device 20a itself may be used. An inquiry may be made as to whether or not the music can be reproduced. Alternatively, the karaoke device 20a, which is the parent device, may inquire in advance for information on music pieces that can be used in the smartphone 20 ', store the information in the karaoke device 20a, and determine based on the stored information.
 判定の結果、図14に示すように、予約データに係る楽曲が、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれの装置においても再生可能な場合には、第1実施形態の場合と同じ条件なので、第1実施形態と同様の処理が行われる(S3~S10)。なお、処理の詳細については第1実施形態と同様なので省略する。このような処理の結果、図13に示すように、マスター予約リストである楽曲予約リスト90が更新され、更新された内容が、カラオケ装置20bの楽曲予約リスト90bおよびスマートフォン20’の楽曲予約リスト90’に反映される。 As a result of the determination, as shown in FIG. 14, when the music related to the reservation data is reproducible in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 ′, the case of the first embodiment Since the conditions are the same, the same processing as in the first embodiment is performed (S3 to S10). The details of the process are the same as in the first embodiment, and will not be described. As a result of such processing, as shown in FIG. 13, the music reservation list 90 which is the master reservation list is updated, and the updated contents are the music reservation list 90b of the karaoke apparatus 20b and the music reservation list 90 of the smartphone 20 ′. It is reflected in '.
 一方、判定の結果、図15に示すように、予約データに係る楽曲が、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれかの装置において再生できない場合には、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、予約操作を行った装置、この例ではカラオケ装置20bに対してエラーの通知を行い(S12)、当該エラーの通知を受けたカラオケ装置20bはエラー表示を行う(S13)。 On the other hand, as a result of the determination, as shown in FIG. 15, when the music related to the reservation data cannot be reproduced on any one of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 ′, the karaoke device that is the parent device 20a notifies the apparatus that performed the reservation operation, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20b (S12), and the karaoke apparatus 20b that has received the error notification displays an error (S13).
 また、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、予約データに係る楽曲を再生できない装置に対して、当該楽曲についての予約が行われたが再生できない旨を通知する(S14)。例えば、スマートフォン20’において、予約データに係る楽曲を購入していない場合には、スマートフォン20’では当該楽曲を再生できない。このような場合に、他のカラオケ装置において当該楽曲の予約が行われると、スマートフォン20’に対して、当該楽曲についての予約が行われたが再生できない旨の通知が行われる。 Also, the karaoke device 20a, which is the parent device, notifies the device that cannot reproduce the music related to the reservation data that the music has been reserved but cannot be reproduced (S14). For example, in the smartphone 20 ′, when the music related to the reservation data is not purchased, the music cannot be reproduced on the smartphone 20 ′. In such a case, when the music piece is reserved in another karaoke apparatus, a notification that the music piece has been reserved but cannot be reproduced is given to the smartphone 20 '.
 この通知を受けた装置、この例においてはスマートフォン20’は、通知を受けた曲を、他の再生可能な曲と識別できるように表示する(S15)。例えば、通知を受けた曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させたり、表示位置を他の再生可能な曲とは異ならせて表示させる。その結果、スマートフォン20’のユーザは、購入していない曲についての予約リクエストがあったことを知ることができる。 The apparatus that has received this notification, in this example, the smartphone 20 'displays the received music so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible music (S15). For example, the notified song is displayed in gray out, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible songs. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know that there has been a reservation request for a song that has not been purchased.
 また、このような表示が行われることにより、当該曲に対する購入が促進されることが期待される。例えば、通知を受けた曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させると共に、当該グレーアウトさせた曲を選択可能に構成した場合には、スマートフォン20’のユーザが当該グレーアウトさせた曲を選択すると(S100)、スマートフォン20’は、当該曲が選択されたことを親機であるカラオケ装置20aに通知する(S101)。 Moreover, it is expected that the purchase of the song will be promoted by such display. For example, when the notified music is grayed out and displayed, and the grayed out music is selectable, when the user of the smartphone 20 ′ selects the grayed out music (S100), the smartphone 20 'Notifies the karaoke device 20a, which is the parent device, that the song has been selected (S101).
 この通知を受けた親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、当該曲の購入サイトを検索して、当該購入サイトへユーザを誘導するための処理を行う(S102)。具体的には、様々な曲が購入可能なサイトの情報を管理サーバ10に記憶させておき、カラオケ装置20aから管理サーバ10に問い合わせたり、管理サーバ10からカラオケ装置20aに対して購入サイトの情報を予め送信しておくようにすれば、前記購入サイトの検索がカラオケ装置20aにおいて可能となる。 The karaoke apparatus 20a, which is the master unit that has received this notification, searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S102). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10, and the management server 10 is inquired from the karaoke device 20a, or purchase site information is sent from the management server 10 to the karaoke device 20a. Is transmitted in advance, the purchase site can be searched for in the karaoke apparatus 20a.
 前記楽曲の購入サイト情報を取得したカラオケ装置20aは、当該情報をスマートフォン20’に対して通知する(S103)。この通知を受けたスマートフォン20’は、購入サイトをスマートフォン20’上に表示させる(S104)。その結果、購入サイトにおいて、前記楽曲が購入されることが期待される。 The karaoke apparatus 20a that acquired the purchase site information of the music notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S103). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S104). As a result, the music is expected to be purchased on the purchase site.
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、カラオケ装置の種類が異なる場合であっても、本発明の通信カラオケシステムへの接続が可能になり、かつ、種類が異なる装置を含むいずれのカラオケ装置において楽曲予約リストの操作を行った場合でも、その操作の内容は、他のカラオケ装置における楽曲予約リストに反映されるので、それぞれのカラオケ装置が離れた場所にある場合でも、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケを楽しむことができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, even if the types of karaoke devices are different, any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if the music reservation list is operated in, the content of the operation is reflected in the music reservation list in other karaoke devices, so even if each karaoke device is in a remote place, it is as if in one room. You can enjoy karaoke like you are.
 また、種類が異なるカラオケ装置が本発明の通信カラオケシステムに接続された場合には、楽曲データのデータベースが共通にならないことが考えられるが、本実施形態においては、予約操作に係る楽曲がいずれのカラオケ装置においても再生可能かを判定し、再生できない場合には、その旨のエラー表示を行うので、通信カラオケシステムに接続された一部の装置では予約に係る楽曲が再生されないという事態を防ぐことができる。 In addition, when different types of karaoke devices are connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention, it is possible that the music data database is not shared. It is determined whether or not the karaoke device can be played back, and if it cannot be played back, an error message is displayed to prevent this from happening in some devices connected to the online karaoke system. Can do.
 さらに、本実施形態は、予約に係る楽曲が購入されておらず、再生できない装置に対しては、当該楽曲が他の楽曲と区別して表示されたり、あるいは、当該楽曲の購入サイトが程度されるように構成したので、楽曲の購入を促進することができる。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, for a device that has not been purchased for the reserved music and cannot be reproduced, the music is displayed separately from other music, or the purchase site of the music is limited. Since it comprised so, the purchase of a music can be promoted.
<F:第6実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第6実施形態を図16乃至図19に基づいて説明する。第5実施形態では、親機のカラオケ装置に判定部を備え、当該判定部において、予約に係る楽曲が全ての装置で再生可能かどうかを判定する例について説明した。しかし、本実施形態は、図16に示すように、管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を備え、中継サーバ90に判定部を備えるところが第5実施形態と異なる。また、本実施形態は、図17に示すように、管理サーバ10においてマスター予約リストとしての楽曲予約リスト90を管理、更新する例であり、図8に示す第2実施形態のシステムに対応する例である。
<F: Sixth Embodiment>
Next, a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fifth embodiment, an example has been described in which a determination unit is provided in the karaoke device of the parent device, and the determination unit determines whether or not the music related to the reservation can be reproduced by all devices. However, this embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that a relay server 90 capable of communicating with the management server 10 is provided and a determination unit is provided in the relay server 90 as shown in FIG. Moreover, this embodiment is an example of managing and updating a music reservation list 90 as a master reservation list in the management server 10 as shown in FIG. 17, and an example corresponding to the system of the second embodiment shown in FIG. It is.
 図17に示すように、本実施形態においても、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、スマートフォン20’によりカラオケ装置のネットワークが構成される。スマートフォン20’は、第5実施形態で説明したもの同様のスマートフォンなので説明を省略する。 As shown in FIG. 17, also in this embodiment, the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the smartphone 20 'constitute a network of karaoke apparatuses. Since the smartphone 20 ′ is similar to the smartphone described in the fifth embodiment, description thereof is omitted.
 以下、図18および図19を参照して、本実施形態における楽曲予約リストの同期処理について説明する。例えば、図18に示すように、カラオケ装置20aにおいて、楽曲の追加等の楽曲予約に関連する操作が行われると(S20)、その操作内容は、通信網40を通じて、予約データとして管理サーバ10に通知される(S21)。    Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, the music reservation list synchronization processing in the present embodiment will be described. For example, as shown in FIG. 18, when an operation related to music reservation such as addition of music is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20a (S20), the operation content is transmitted to the management server 10 through the communication network 40 as reservation data. Notification is made (S21). *
 予約データの通知を受けた管理サーバ10は、当該予約データを中継サーバ90に通知する(S105)。この通知を受けた中継サーバ90は、予約データに係る楽曲が、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれの装置においても再生可能な楽曲であるかどうかを判定する(S106)。判定の方法は、専用のカラオケ装置とは異なる種類の装置であるスマートフォン20’のみに対して、当該楽曲が再生可能かを、管理サーバ10を介して問い合わせても良いし、カラオケ装置20a自身を含めて、それぞれの装置で当該楽曲が再生可能かを、管理サーバ10を介して問い合わせてもよい。また、管理サーバ10が、スマートフォン20’において利用可能な楽曲の情報を問い合わせ、その結果を記憶しておき、中継サーバ90が管理サーバ10に問い合わせて判定するようにしてもよい。 Upon receiving the reservation data notification, the management server 10 notifies the reservation data to the relay server 90 (S105). Receiving this notification, the relay server 90 determines whether or not the music related to the reservation data is a music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S106). The determination method may be to inquire through the management server 10 whether or not the music piece can be reproduced only to the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, or the karaoke device 20a itself. In addition, it may be inquired via the management server 10 whether the music can be reproduced by each device. Alternatively, the management server 10 may inquire about information on music that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′, store the result, and the relay server 90 may inquire and determine the management server 10.
 判定の結果、図18に示すように、予約データに係る楽曲が、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれの装置においても再生可能な場合には、その旨を管理サーバ10に通知する(S107)。その後は、第2実施形態の場合と同じ条件なので、第2実施形態と同様の処理が行われる(S22~S32)。なお、処理の詳細については第2実施形態と同様なので省略する。このような処理の結果、図17に示すように、マスター予約リストである楽曲予約リスト90が更新され、更新された内容が、カラオケ装置20bの楽曲予約リスト90bおよびスマートフォン20’の楽曲予約リスト90’に反映される。 As a result of the determination, as shown in FIG. 18, when the music related to the reservation data can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20 a, the karaoke device 20 b, and the smartphone 20 ′, the fact is notified to the management server 10. Notification is made (S107). Thereafter, since the same conditions as in the second embodiment are used, the same processing as in the second embodiment is performed (S22 to S32). The details of the process are the same as in the second embodiment, and will not be described. As a result of such processing, as shown in FIG. 17, the music reservation list 90 which is the master reservation list is updated, and the updated contents are the music reservation list 90b of the karaoke apparatus 20b and the music reservation list 90 of the smartphone 20 ′. It is reflected in '.
 一方、判定の結果、図19に示すように、予約データに係る楽曲が、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれかの装置において再生できない場合には、中継サーバ90は、その旨を管理サーバ10に通知する(S107)。管理サーバ10は、予約操作を行った装置、この例ではカラオケ装置20aに対してエラーの通知を行い(S108)、当該エラーの通知を受けたカラオケ装置20aはエラー表示を行う(S109)。 On the other hand, as a result of the determination, as shown in FIG. 19, when the music related to the reservation data cannot be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 ′, the relay server 90 This is notified to the management server 10 (S107). The management server 10 notifies an error to the apparatus that performed the reservation operation, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20a (S108), and the karaoke apparatus 20a that has received the error notification displays an error (S109).
 また、管理サーバ10は、予約データに係る楽曲を再生できない装置に対して、当該楽曲についての予約が行われたが再生できない旨を通知する(S110)。例えば、スマートフォン20’において、予約データに係る楽曲を購入していない場合には、スマートフォン20’では当該楽曲を再生できない。このような場合に、他のカラオケ装置において当該楽曲の予約が行われると、スマートフォン20’に対して、当該楽曲についての予約が行われたが再生できない旨の通知が行われる。 Also, the management server 10 notifies the device that cannot reproduce the music related to the reservation data that the music has been reserved but cannot be reproduced (S110). For example, in the smartphone 20 ′, when the music related to the reservation data is not purchased, the music cannot be reproduced on the smartphone 20 ′. In such a case, when the music piece is reserved in another karaoke apparatus, a notification that the music piece has been reserved but cannot be reproduced is given to the smartphone 20 '.
 この通知を受けた装置、この例においてはスマートフォン20’は、通知を受けた曲を、他の再生可能な曲と識別できるように表示する(S111)。例えば、通知を受けた曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させたり、表示位置を他の再生可能な曲とは異ならせて表示させる。その結果、スマートフォン20’のユーザは、購入していない曲についての予約リクエストがあったことを知ることができる。 The device that has received this notification, in this example, the smartphone 20 ', displays the received song so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible songs (S111). For example, the notified song is displayed in gray out, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible songs. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know that there has been a reservation request for a song that has not been purchased.
 また、このような表示が行われることにより、当該曲に対する購入が促進されることが期待される。例えば、通知を受けた曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させると共に、当該グレーアウトさせた曲を選択可能に構成した場合には、スマートフォン20’のユーザが当該グレーアウトさせた曲を選択すると(S112)、スマートフォン20’は、当該曲が選択されたことを親機であるカラオケ装置20aに通知する(S113)。 Moreover, it is expected that the purchase of the song will be promoted by such display. For example, when the received music is grayed out and displayed, and the grayed out music is selectable, when the user of the smartphone 20 ′ selects the grayed out music (S112), the smartphone 20 'Notifies the karaoke apparatus 20a which is the parent machine that the song has been selected (S113).
 この通知を受けた管理サーバ10は、当該曲の購入サイトを検索して、当該購入サイトへユーザを誘導するための処理を行う(S114)。具体的には、様々な曲が購入可能なサイトの情報を管理サーバ10に予め記憶させておき、その中から該当する購入サイトを検索すればよい。あるいは、購入サイトの情報を中継サーバ90に記憶させておき、管理サーバ10から中継サーバ90に問い合わせるようにしてもよい。 Upon receiving this notification, the management server 10 searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S114). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10 in advance, and a corresponding purchase site may be searched from among them. Alternatively, purchase site information may be stored in the relay server 90 and the management server 10 may inquire the relay server 90.
 前記楽曲の購入サイト情報を取得した管理サーバ10は、当該情報をスマートフォン20’に対して通知する(S115)。この通知を受けたスマートフォン20’は、購入サイトをスマートフォン20’上に表示させる(S116)。その結果、購入サイトにおいて、前記楽曲が購入されることが期待される。 The management server 10 that has acquired the music purchase site information notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S115). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S116). As a result, the music is expected to be purchased on the purchase site.
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、カラオケ装置の種類が異なる場合であっても、本発明の通信カラオケシステムへの接続が可能になり、かつ、種類が異なる装置を含むいずれのカラオケ装置において楽曲予約リストの操作を行った場合でも、その操作の内容は、他のカラオケ装置における楽曲予約リストに反映されるので、それぞれのカラオケ装置が離れた場所にある場合でも、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケを楽しむことができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, even if the types of karaoke devices are different, any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if the music reservation list is operated in, the content of the operation is reflected in the music reservation list in other karaoke devices, so even if each karaoke device is in a remote place, it is as if in one room. You can enjoy karaoke like you are.
 また、種類が異なるカラオケ装置が本発明の通信カラオケシステムに接続された場合には、楽曲データのデータベースが共通にならないことが考えられるが、本実施形態においては、予約操作に係る楽曲がいずれのカラオケ装置においても再生可能かを判定し、再生できない場合には、その旨のエラー表示を行うので、通信カラオケシステムに接続された一部の装置では予約に係る楽曲が再生されないという事態を防ぐことができる。 In addition, when different types of karaoke devices are connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention, it is possible that the music data database is not shared. It is determined whether or not the karaoke device can be played back, and if it cannot be played back, an error message is displayed to prevent this from happening in some devices connected to the online karaoke system. Can do.
 さらに、本実施形態は、予約に係る楽曲が購入されておらず、再生できない装置に対しては、当該楽曲が他の楽曲と区別して表示されたり、あるいは、当該楽曲の購入サイトが程度されるように構成したので、楽曲の購入を促進することができる。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, for a device that has not been purchased for the reserved music and cannot be reproduced, the music is displayed separately from other music, or the purchase site of the music is limited. Since it comprised so, the purchase of a music can be promoted.
 なお、本実施形態は、管理サーバ10がマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90に判定部を備える例について説明したが、このような構成は、第5実施形態にも適用可能である。つまり、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、親機と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90に判定部を備えて第5実施形態で説明したような予約に係る楽曲の判定処理を行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, although this embodiment demonstrated the example which provided the relay server 90 which can communicate with the management server 10, and provided the determination part in the relay server 90 in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates a master reservation list. Such a configuration is also applicable to the fifth embodiment. In other words, in the communication karaoke system in which any karaoke apparatus becomes a master unit and manages and updates the master reservation list, the relay server 90 that can communicate with the master unit is provided, and the relay server 90 includes a determination unit. You may make it perform the determination process of the music which concerns on a reservation which was demonstrated with the form.
<G:第7実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第7実施形態を図20に基づいて説明する。第5実施形態および第6実施形態においては、予約に係る楽曲が、全てのカラオケ装置において再生可能かどうかを判定する例について説明した。しかし、本実施形態は、予約操作を行う前の検索操作が行われた際に、全てのカラオケ装置において再生可能な楽曲のみを検索対象として表示させる例である。
<G: Seventh Embodiment>
Next, a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In 5th Embodiment and 6th Embodiment, the example which determines whether the music which concerns on a reservation was reproducible in all the karaoke apparatuses was demonstrated. However, this embodiment is an example in which only the music that can be played back on all karaoke apparatuses is displayed as a search target when the search operation before the reservation operation is performed.
 本実施形態は、図13に示すように、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、カラオケ装置に検索処理部を備える。検索処理部は制御部21により実現される。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13, in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device serves as a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the karaoke device includes a search processing unit. The search processing unit is realized by the control unit 21.
 以下、図20を参照して、本実施形態における検索対象楽曲の抽出処理について説明する。本実施形態では、第5実施形態のように、カラオケ装置20aが親機となり、カラオケ装置20bとスマートフォン20’がカラオケ装置のネットワークに接続されているものとする。例えば、図20に示すように、カラオケ装置20bにおいて、楽曲を検索する操作が行われると(S200)、その操作内容は、検索操作データとして、通信網40を通じて、親機となっているカラオケ装置20aに通知される(S201)。 Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 20, the process of extracting the search target music in the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, it is assumed that the karaoke device 20a is a master device, and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'are connected to a network of karaoke devices. For example, as shown in FIG. 20, when an operation for searching for music is performed in the karaoke device 20b (S200), the operation content is the search operation data as a karaoke device serving as a master unit through the communication network 40. 20a is notified (S201).
 検索操作データの通知を受けた親機のカラオケ装置20aは、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれの装置においても再生可能な楽曲を抽出する(S202)。抽出の方法としては、例えば、専用のカラオケ装置とは異なる種類の装置であるスマートフォン20’のみに対して、再生可能な楽曲を問い合わせ、専用のカラオケ装置で再生可能な楽曲との共通する楽曲を抽出する方法が挙げられる。また、カラオケ装置20a自身を含めて、それぞれの装置で再生可能な楽曲を問い合わせ、共通する楽曲を抽出してもよい。また、親機であるカラオケ装置20aが、スマートフォン20’において利用可能な楽曲の情報を予め問い合わせ、カラオケ装置20aに記憶しておき、記憶した楽曲と、専用のカラオケ装置において再生可能な楽曲との共通部分を抽出するようにしてもよい。 Receiving the notification of the search operation data, the master karaoke apparatus 20a extracts music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke apparatus 20a, the karaoke apparatus 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S202). As an extraction method, for example, only the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, is inquired about the reproducible music, and the common music with the music that can be played back by the dedicated karaoke device is used. The method of extracting is mentioned. Moreover, you may inquire the music which can be reproduced | regenerated by each apparatus including karaoke apparatus 20a itself, and may extract a common music. In addition, the karaoke device 20a which is the parent device inquires in advance about the information of the music that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′, stores the information in the karaoke device 20a, and the stored music and the music that can be reproduced in the dedicated karaoke device. The common part may be extracted.
 抽出が完了すると、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、抽出した楽曲のリストを、検索操作を行った装置、この例ではカラオケ装置20bに対して転送する(S203)。その結果、カラオケ装置20bにおいて、前記抽出された楽曲のリストに基づいて予約操作が行われた場合には、その予約に係る楽曲は、いずれのカラオケ装置においても再生可能な楽曲であるので、異なる種類のカラオケ装置が接続されている場合でも、それぞれ離れた場所にあるカラオケ装置を用いて、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケを楽しむことができる。 When the extraction is completed, the master karaoke apparatus 20a transfers the extracted music list to the apparatus that performed the search operation, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20b (S203). As a result, in the karaoke device 20b, when a reservation operation is performed based on the extracted music list, the music related to the reservation is a music that can be played back in any karaoke device, and therefore different. Even when various types of karaoke devices are connected, karaoke devices can be enjoyed as if they were in one room by using karaoke devices located at different locations.
 また、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、上述した抽出処理の結果、特定のカラオケ装置において再生できる曲が、他のカラオケ装置に比べて不足していることが判る。そこで、カラオケ装置20aは、このような不足曲を、該当するカラオケ装置に対して通知する(S204)。例えば該当するカラオケ装置がスマートフォン20’の場合には、スマートフォン20’に対して、前記不足曲が通知される。 In addition, as a result of the above-described extraction process, the karaoke device 20a that is the master unit is found to have a shortage of songs that can be played back on a specific karaoke device compared to other karaoke devices. Therefore, the karaoke apparatus 20a notifies the corresponding karaoke apparatus of such a deficient song (S204). For example, when the corresponding karaoke apparatus is the smartphone 20 ', the lacking music is notified to the smartphone 20'.
 この通知を受けた装置、この例においてはスマートフォン20’は、通知を受けた不足曲を、他の再生可能な曲と識別できるように表示する(S205)。例えば、通知を受けた不足曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させたり、表示位置を他の再生可能な曲とは異ならせて表示させる。その結果、スマートフォン20’のユーザは、他のカラオケ装置に比べて不足している曲を知ることができる。 The device that has received this notification, in this example, the smartphone 20 ', displays the received insufficient music so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible music (S205). For example, the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible music. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know a song that is lacking compared to other karaoke apparatuses.
 また、このような表示が行われることにより、当該不足曲に対する購入が促進されることが期待される。例えば、通知を受けた不足曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させると共に、当該グレーアウトさせた不足曲を選択可能に構成した場合には、スマートフォン20’のユーザが当該グレーアウトさせた不足曲のいずれかを選択すると(S206)、スマートフォン20’は、当該不足曲が選択されたことを親機であるカラオケ装置20aに通知する(S207)。 Moreover, it is expected that the purchase of the deficient music will be promoted by such display. For example, when the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, and the shortage music that has been grayed out is selectable, the user of the smartphone 20 'selects any of the shortage music that has been grayed out. (S206), the smartphone 20 ′ notifies the karaoke device 20a, which is the parent device, that the insufficient music has been selected (S207).
 この通知を受けた親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、当該曲の購入サイトを検索して、当該購入サイトへユーザを誘導するための処理を行う(S208)。具体的には、様々な曲が購入可能なサイトの情報を管理サーバ10に記憶させておき、カラオケ装置20aから管理サーバ10に問い合わせたり、管理サーバ10からカラオケ装置20aに対して購入サイトの情報を予め送信しておくようにすれば、前記購入サイトの検索がカラオケ装置20aにおいて可能となる。 Upon receiving this notification, the karaoke apparatus 20a, which is the master unit, searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S208). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10, and the management server 10 is inquired from the karaoke device 20a, or purchase site information is sent from the management server 10 to the karaoke device 20a. Is transmitted in advance, the purchase site can be searched for in the karaoke apparatus 20a.
 前記楽曲の購入サイト情報を取得したカラオケ装置20aは、当該情報をスマートフォン20’に対して通知する(S209)。この通知を受けたスマートフォン20’は、購入サイトをスマートフォン20’上に表示させる(S210)。その結果、購入サイトにおいて、前記不足曲が購入されることが期待される。 The karaoke apparatus 20a that has acquired the music purchase site information notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S209). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S210). As a result, it is expected that the insufficient music is purchased on the purchase site.
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、カラオケ装置の種類が異なる場合であっても、本発明の通信カラオケシステムへの接続が可能になり、かつ、種類が異なる装置を含むいずれのカラオケ装置において楽曲の検索の操作を行った場合でも、全てのカラオケ装置において再生可能な楽曲だけが検索対象として表示されるので、予約に係る楽曲は全てのカラオケ装置において再生可能となる。その結果、それぞれのカラオケ装置が離れた場所にある場合でも、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケを楽しむことができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, even if the types of karaoke devices are different, any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if a music search operation is performed in FIG. 4, only music that can be played back on all karaoke devices is displayed as a search target, so that the music related to the reservation can be played back on all karaoke devices. As a result, karaoke can be enjoyed as if it were in one room even if each karaoke apparatus is in a remote place.
 また、本実施形態は、他の装置に比べて再生可能曲が不足している場合には、当該不足曲が他の楽曲と区別して表示されたり、あるいは、当該不足曲の購入サイトが程度されるように構成したので、楽曲の購入を促進することができる。 Also, in this embodiment, when there is a shortage of reproducible songs compared to other devices, the lacking songs are displayed separately from other songs, or the purchase site of the lacking songs is limited. Since it comprised so that the purchase of a music can be accelerated | stimulated.
<H:第8実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第8実施形態を図21に基づいて説明する。本実施形態は、図17に示すように管理サーバ10によってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、図18に示すように管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を備える。そして、中継サーバ90に抽出部を備え、抽出部によって、全てのカラオケ装置で再生可能な検索対象の楽曲を抽出する例である。
<H: Eighth Embodiment>
Next, an eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In the communication karaoke system in which the master reservation list is managed and updated by the management server 10 as shown in FIG. 17, the present embodiment includes a relay server 90 that can communicate with the management server 10 as shown in FIG. In this example, the relay server 90 includes an extraction unit, and the extraction unit extracts music to be searched that can be reproduced by all karaoke apparatuses.
 以下、図21を参照して、本実施形態における検索対象楽曲の抽出処理について説明する。例えば、図21に示すように、カラオケ装置20aにおいて、楽曲を検索する操作が行われると(S300)、その操作内容は、通信網40を通じて、検索操作データとして管理サーバ10に通知される(S301)。 Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 21, the search target music extraction process in the present embodiment will be described. For example, as shown in FIG. 21, when an operation for searching for music is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20a (S300), the operation content is notified to the management server 10 as search operation data via the communication network 40 (S301). ).
 検索操作データの通知を受けた管理サーバ10は、当該検索操作データを中継サーバ90に通知する(S302)。この通知を受けた中継サーバ90は、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’のいずれの装置においても再生可能な楽曲を抽出する(S303)。抽出の方法としては、例えば、専用のカラオケ装置とは異なる種類の装置であるスマートフォン20’のみに対して、再生可能な楽曲を問い合わせ、専用のカラオケ装置で再生可能な楽曲との共通する楽曲を抽出する方法が挙げられる。また、それぞれのカラオケ装置で再生可能な楽曲を問い合わせ、共通する楽曲を抽出してもよい。また、管理サーバ10が、スマートフォン20’において利用可能な楽曲の情報を予め問い合わせ、管理サーバ10に記憶しておき、記憶した楽曲と、専用のカラオケ装置において再生可能な楽曲との共通部分を抽出するようにしてもよい。 Upon receiving the search operation data notification, the management server 10 notifies the search operation data to the relay server 90 (S302). Receiving this notification, the relay server 90 extracts music that can be reproduced in any of the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 '(S303). As an extraction method, for example, only the smartphone 20 ′, which is a different type of device from the dedicated karaoke device, is inquired about the reproducible music, and the common music with the music that can be played back by the dedicated karaoke device is used. The method of extracting is mentioned. In addition, the music that can be reproduced by each karaoke device may be inquired, and the common music may be extracted. In addition, the management server 10 inquires in advance about music information that can be used in the smartphone 20 ′, stores the information in the management server 10, and extracts a common part between the stored music and music that can be played back on a dedicated karaoke device. You may make it do.
 抽出が完了すると、中継サーバ90は、抽出した楽曲のリストを、管理サーバ10に対して転送する(S304)。管理サーバ10は、抽出された楽曲リストを、検索操作を行った装置、この例ではカラオケ装置20aに対して転送する(S305)。その結果、カラオケ装置20aにおいて、前記抽出された楽曲のリストに基づいて予約操作が行われた場合には、その予約に係る楽曲は、いずれのカラオケ装置においても再生可能な楽曲であるので、異なる種類のカラオケ装置が接続されている場合でも、それぞれ離れた場所にあるカラオケ装置を用いて、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケを楽しむことができる。 When the extraction is completed, the relay server 90 transfers the extracted music list to the management server 10 (S304). The management server 10 transfers the extracted music list to the device that performed the search operation, in this example, the karaoke device 20a (S305). As a result, in the karaoke device 20a, when a reservation operation is performed based on the extracted music list, the music related to the reservation is a music that can be played back in any karaoke device, and therefore different. Even when various types of karaoke devices are connected, karaoke devices can be enjoyed as if they were in one room by using karaoke devices located at different locations.
 また、管理サーバ10は、上述した抽出処理の結果、特定のカラオケ装置において再生できる曲が、他のカラオケ装置に比べて不足していることが判る。そこで、管理サーバ10は、このような不足曲を、該当するカラオケ装置に対して通知する(S306)。例えば該当するカラオケ装置がスマートフォン20’の場合には、スマートフォン20’に対して、前記不足曲が通知される。 In addition, the management server 10 finds out that the number of songs that can be played back on a specific karaoke device is insufficient as compared with other karaoke devices as a result of the extraction process described above. Therefore, the management server 10 notifies the corresponding karaoke device of such a lack of music (S306). For example, when the corresponding karaoke apparatus is the smartphone 20 ', the lacking music is notified to the smartphone 20'.
 この通知を受けた装置、この例においてはスマートフォン20’は、通知を受けた不足曲を、他の再生可能な曲と識別できるように表示する(S307)。例えば、通知を受けた不足曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させたり、表示位置を他の再生可能な曲とは異ならせて表示させる。その結果、スマートフォン20’のユーザは、他のカラオケ装置に比べて不足している曲を知ることができる。 The device that has received this notification, in this example, the smartphone 20 ', displays the received insufficient music so that it can be distinguished from other reproducible music (S307). For example, the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, or the display position is displayed differently from other reproducible music. As a result, the user of the smartphone 20 ′ can know a song that is lacking compared to other karaoke apparatuses.
 また、このような表示が行われることにより、当該不足曲に対する購入が促進されることが期待される。例えば、通知を受けた不足曲をグレーアウトさせて表示させると共に、当該グレーアウトさせた不足曲を選択可能に構成した場合には、スマートフォン20’のユーザが当該グレーアウトさせた不足曲のいずれかを選択すると(S308)、スマートフォン20’は、当該不足曲が選択されたことを管理サーバ10に通知する(S309)。 Moreover, it is expected that the purchase of the deficient music will be promoted by such display. For example, when the shortage music that has been notified is grayed out and displayed, and the shortage music that has been grayed out is selectable, the user of the smartphone 20 'selects any of the shortage music that has been grayed out. (S308), the smartphone 20 ′ notifies the management server 10 that the insufficient music has been selected (S309).
 この通知を受けた管理サーバ10は、当該曲の購入サイトを検索して、当該購入サイトへユーザを誘導するための処理を行う(S310)。具体的には、様々な曲が購入可能なサイトの情報を管理サーバ10に記憶させておき、記憶させた情報に基づいて検索を行うようにすればよい。あるいは、様々な曲が購入可能なサイトの情報を中継サーバ90に記憶させておき、管理サーバ10から中継サーバ90に問い合わせたり、中継サーバ90から管理サーバ10に対して購入サイトの情報を予め送信しておくようにすれば、前記購入サイトの検索が管理サーバ10において可能となる。 Upon receiving this notification, the management server 10 searches the purchase site for the song and performs a process for guiding the user to the purchase site (S310). Specifically, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the management server 10 and a search is performed based on the stored information. Alternatively, information on sites where various songs can be purchased is stored in the relay server 90, and the management server 10 inquires the relay server 90, or the relay server 90 transmits information on the purchase site to the management server 10 in advance. By doing so, the management server 10 can search for the purchase site.
 前記楽曲の購入サイト情報を取得した管理サーバ10は、当該情報をスマートフォン20’に対して通知する(S311)。この通知を受けたスマートフォン20’は、購入サイトをスマートフォン20’上に表示させる(S312)。その結果、購入サイトにおいて、前記不足曲が購入されることが期待される。 The management server 10 that acquired the music purchase site information notifies the smartphone 20 'of the information (S311). Upon receiving this notification, the smartphone 20 'displays the purchase site on the smartphone 20' (S312). As a result, it is expected that the insufficient music is purchased on the purchase site.
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、カラオケ装置の種類が異なる場合であっても、本発明の通信カラオケシステムへの接続が可能になり、かつ、種類が異なる装置を含むいずれのカラオケ装置において楽曲の検索の操作を行った場合でも、全てのカラオケ装置において再生可能な楽曲だけが検索対象として表示されるので、予約に係る楽曲は全てのカラオケ装置において再生可能となる。その結果、それぞれのカラオケ装置が離れた場所にある場合でも、あたかも一つの部屋にいるようにカラオケを楽しむことができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, even if the types of karaoke devices are different, any karaoke device that can be connected to the communication karaoke system of the present invention and includes devices of different types. Even if a music search operation is performed in FIG. 4, only music that can be played back on all karaoke devices is displayed as a search target, so that the music related to the reservation can be played back on all karaoke devices. As a result, karaoke can be enjoyed as if it were in one room even if each karaoke apparatus is in a remote place.
 また、本実施形態は、他の装置に比べて再生可能曲が不足している場合には、当該不足曲が他の楽曲と区別して表示されたり、あるいは、当該不足曲の購入サイトが程度されるように構成したので、楽曲の購入を促進することができる。 Also, in this embodiment, when there is a shortage of reproducible songs compared to other devices, the lacking songs are displayed separately from other songs, or the purchase site of the lacking songs is limited. Since it comprised so that the purchase of a music can be accelerated | stimulated.
 なお、本実施形態は、管理サーバ10がマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90に抽出部を備える例について説明したが、このような構成は、第7実施形態にも適用可能である。つまり、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、親機と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90に抽出部を備えて第5実施形態で説明したような、いずれのカラオケ装置においても再生可能な検索対象の楽曲の抽出処理を行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, although this embodiment demonstrated the example which provided the relay server 90 which can communicate with the management server 10, and provided the extraction part in the relay server 90 in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates a master reservation list. Such a configuration is also applicable to the seventh embodiment. That is, in the communication karaoke system in which any karaoke apparatus becomes a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the relay server 90 that can communicate with the parent device is provided, and the relay server 90 includes an extraction unit. You may make it perform the extraction process of the music of the search object which can be reproduced | regenerated in any karaoke apparatus which was demonstrated with the form.
<I:第9実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第9実施形態を図22に基づいて説明する。本実施形態は、カラオケ装置のネットワークが、異なる種類のカラオケ装置から構成されている場合であっても、いずれかのカラオケ装置で行われた再生制御の操作を、全てのカラオケ装置に反映させる例である。本実施形態は、第3実施形態に対応する実施形態であり、図22に示すフローチャートは、図10に示すフローチャートに対応する。
<I: Ninth Embodiment>
Next, a ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In this embodiment, even when the network of karaoke devices is composed of different types of karaoke devices, the operation of reproduction control performed by any karaoke device is reflected on all karaoke devices. It is. The present embodiment is an embodiment corresponding to the third embodiment, and the flowchart shown in FIG. 22 corresponds to the flowchart shown in FIG.
 本実施形態は、図13に示すように、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、カラオケ装置に個別再生制御コマンド出力部と再生制御部とを備える。個別再生制御コマンド出力部と再生制御部は制御部21により実現される。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13, in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device serves as a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the karaoke device includes an individual reproduction control command output unit, a reproduction control unit, Is provided. The individual reproduction control command output unit and the reproduction control unit are realized by the control unit 21.
 以下、図22を参照して、本実施形態における再生制御コマンドの変換処理について説明する。本実施形態では、第5実施形態のように、カラオケ装置20aが親機となり、カラオケ装置20bとスマートフォン20’がカラオケ装置のネットワークに接続されているものとする。例えば、図22に示すように、カラオケ装置20bにおいて、楽曲再生の制御に関連する操作が行われると(S40)、カラオケ装置20bは、その操作が同期の対象となる操作かどうかを判定する(S41)。同期の対象となる操作は、スタート、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作である。また、同期の対象ではない操作は、拠点固有の音量調整操作、予約リストや設定状態の参照・確認操作である。 Hereinafter, the conversion process of the reproduction control command in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, it is assumed that the karaoke device 20a is a master device, and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'are connected to a network of karaoke devices. For example, as shown in FIG. 22, when an operation related to music reproduction control is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20b (S40), the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized ( S41). The operations to be synchronized include performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., key control, and tempo control. The operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
 その操作が、同期の対象となる操作であった場合には、カラオケ装置20bは、自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(S42)。例えば、演奏中にはスタートの操作は許可できないし、演奏が行われていない時には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の操作も許可できない。しかし、演奏中には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。また、演奏が行われていない時には、スタートの操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。カラオケ装置20bは、ユーザが行った操作が、許可できない操作であった場合には、同期処理を行わない。 If the operation is an operation to be synchronized, the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state ( S42). For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, replay, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted. The karaoke apparatus 20b does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20bは、自分自身の状態をロックした後、再生制御の操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを、親機であるカラオケ装置20aに通知して、操作許可の問合せを行う(S400)。この問合わせを受けたカラオケ装置20aは、個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御の操作の内容、例えば当該再生制御のコマンドが、全てのカラオケ装置において共通かどうかを判定する。判定の方法は、カラオケ装置20aが他のカラオケ装置に問い合わせるようにしてもよいし、予め各カラオケ装置のコマンドを管理サーバ10において記憶しておき、カラオケ装置20aから管理サーバ10に問い合わせたり、管理サーバ10から取得した各カラオケ装置のコマンドをカラオケ装置20aに記憶させておいてもよい。 After the karaoke apparatus 20b locks its own state, the karaoke apparatus 20b notifies the parent apparatus karaoke apparatus 20a of an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the operation of the reproduction control, and makes an operation permission inquiry (S400). Upon receiving this inquiry, the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether or not the content of the reproduction control operation indicated by the individual reproduction control command, for example, the reproduction control command is common to all the karaoke apparatuses. The determination method may be such that the karaoke device 20a makes an inquiry to another karaoke device, or commands of each karaoke device are stored in advance in the management server 10, and the management server 10 is inquired from the karaoke device 20a or managed. You may memorize | store the command of each karaoke apparatus acquired from the server 10 in the karaoke apparatus 20a.
 判定の結果、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと異なるコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、当該装置用にコマンドの変換を行う(S401)。しかし、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと同じコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、当該コマンドをそのまま利用する(S401)。つまり、図22に示す変換処理(S401)は、コマンドの変換を行う場合とそのまま利用する場合の双方を含むものである。 As a result of the determination, for a device that uses a command different from the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command, command conversion is performed for the device (S401). However, for an apparatus that uses the same command as the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command, the command is used as it is (S401). That is, the conversion process (S401) shown in FIG. 22 includes both a case where the command is converted and a case where the command is used as it is.
 そして、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと異なるコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、変換したコマンドを送信して操作許可の問合せを行う(S402)。しかし、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと同じコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、当該コマンドをそのまま送信して操作許可の問合せを行う(S402)。つまり、送信先のカラオケ装置が複数存在する場合には、ある装置には変換したコマンドが送信され、他の装置には変換前のコマンドが送信されることになる。 Then, the karaoke apparatus 20a, which is the master unit, transmits an converted command to the apparatus that uses a command different from the reproduction control command indicated by the individual reproduction control command, and inquires about the operation permission ( S402). However, for the device using the same command as the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command, the command is sent as it is and an operation permission inquiry is made (S402). That is, when there are a plurality of destination karaoke apparatuses, the converted command is transmitted to a certain apparatus, and the pre-conversion command is transmitted to another apparatus.
 例えば、スマートフォン20’におけるコマンドが、カラオケ装置20bのコマンドと異なる場合には、変換されたコマンドがスマートフォン20’に送信される。このようにして操作許可の問い合わせを受けたカラオケ装置、この例では、カラオケ装置20aとスマートフォン20’は、自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(S44、S47)。 For example, when the command on the smartphone 20 'is different from the command on the karaoke apparatus 20b, the converted command is transmitted to the smartphone 20'. In this way, the karaoke device that has received the inquiry for the operation permission, in this example, the karaoke device 20a and the smartphone 20 ′ determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if the operation can be permitted, The state is locked (S44, S47).
 そして、カラオケ装置20aは、カラオケ装置20bに対して操作が許可可能か否かの応答をする(S45)。また、スマートフォン20’は、カラオケ装置20aに対して操作が許可可能か否かの応答をする(S403)。カラオケ装置20aは、親機として、この応答をカラオケ装置20bに伝える(S404)。 Then, the karaoke device 20a responds to the karaoke device 20b as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (S45). Further, the smartphone 20 ′ responds to the karaoke apparatus 20 a as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (S403). The karaoke apparatus 20a transmits this response to the karaoke apparatus 20b as a master unit (S404).
 各カラオケ装置20、及びスマートフォン20’は、状態ロック期間中においては、自分自身における操作要求、および、その他のカラオケ装置20からの操作要求を受け付けないようにする。問い合わせを行ったカラオケ装置20b(利用者が操作した装置)は、その他の全てのカラオケ装置20aおよびスマートフォン20’から操作可否の応答が帰るのを待つ。 Each karaoke device 20 and the smartphone 20 ′ do not accept an operation request on its own and an operation request from another karaoke device 20 during the state lock period. The inquiring karaoke apparatus 20b (the apparatus operated by the user) waits for a response indicating whether the operation is possible from all the other karaoke apparatuses 20a and the smartphone 20 '.
 待機中に一部のカラオケ装置20またはスマートフォン20’から「操作禁止」の応答を受け取った場合は、要求元はすべてのカラオケ装置20およびスマートフォン20’に対する操作要求を取り下げ、「他の装置によって操作されている」旨のエラーメッセージを表示する。 If a response “prohibit operation” is received from some karaoke devices 20 or smartphones 20 ′ during standby, the request source cancels the operation requests for all karaoke devices 20 and smartphones 20 ′, and “operates by other devices”. Error message is displayed.
 カラオケ装置20aおよびスマートフォン20’が操作許可の応答を返したら、要求元のカラオケ装置20bはカラオケ装置20aに具体的な操作内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを通知し、再生制御を指示する(S49)。親機としてのカラオケ装置20aは、操作許可の問合せがあった場合と同様に、送信先のカラオケ装置に合わせて、当該再生制御に係るコマンドを変換し、または、そのまま利用して個別再生制御コマンドとし(S405)、各カラオケ装置に個別再生制御コマンドを通知する(S50)。この例では、カラオケ装置20a自身は、変換しないコマンドを利用すると共に、変換されたコマンドをスマートフォン20’に通知する。 When the karaoke apparatus 20a and the smartphone 20 ′ return a response indicating that the operation is permitted, the requesting karaoke apparatus 20b notifies the karaoke apparatus 20a of an individual reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents, and instructs reproduction control (S49). . The karaoke device 20a serving as the parent device converts the command related to the reproduction control in accordance with the karaoke device of the transmission destination or the individual reproduction control command by using it as it is, as in the case where the operation permission inquiry is made. (S405) and notifies each karaoke device of an individual reproduction control command (S50). In this example, the karaoke apparatus 20a itself uses a command that is not converted, and notifies the converted command to the smartphone 20 '.
 指示を受けたカラオケ装置20aおよびスマートフォン20’は、個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて自分自身の再生制御を行い、ロックを解除する(S51、S52)。そして、カラオケ装置20aは要求元のカラオケ装置20bに対して完了通知を送信する(S53)。スマートフォン20’は、カラオケ装置20aに対して完了通知を送信し(S406)、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、この完了通知をカラオケ装置20bに伝える(S407)。 Upon receiving the instruction, the karaoke device 20a and the smartphone 20 'perform their own playback control based on the individual playback control command and release the lock (S51, S52). Then, the karaoke apparatus 20a transmits a completion notification to the requesting karaoke apparatus 20b (S53). The smartphone 20 'transmits a completion notification to the karaoke device 20a (S406), and the karaoke device 20a as the parent device transmits the completion notification to the karaoke device 20b (S407).
 要求元のカラオケ装置20bは、その他のすべてのカラオケ装置20aおよびスマートフォン20’から完了通知を受け取った後で、自分自身の再生制御を行い、ロックを解除する(S54)。 The requesting karaoke device 20b receives the completion notification from all the other karaoke devices 20a and the smartphone 20 ', and then performs its own reproduction control to release the lock (S54).
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、種類の異なるカラオケ装置がカラオケ装置のネットワークに接続されている場合であっても、一つのカラオケ装置で行われた楽曲演奏操作が、通信モードで接続されている他の全てのカラオケ装置に反映されるので、相互に通信している全てのカラオケ装置に同じ状態でカラオケを楽しむことができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, even when different types of karaoke devices are connected to the network of karaoke devices, the music performance operation performed by one karaoke device is connected in the communication mode. Therefore, the karaoke can be enjoyed in the same state on all the karaoke apparatuses communicating with each other.
<J:第10実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第10実施形態を図23に基づいて説明する。第9実施形態は、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、種類の異なるカラオケ装置が接続されている場合に、再生制御のコマンドを変換する例について説明した。しかし、本実施形態は、管理サーバ10がマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、種類の異なるカラオケ装置が接続されている場合に、再生制御のコマンドを変換する例である。
<J: Tenth Embodiment>
Next, a tenth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The ninth embodiment converts a playback control command when a different karaoke apparatus is connected in a communication karaoke system in which one of the karaoke apparatuses serves as a master unit to manage and update the master reservation list. An example was described. However, this embodiment is an example of converting a playback control command when different types of karaoke apparatuses are connected in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates the master reservation list.
 本実施形態は、図16に示すように、管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を備え、中継サーバ90に変換部を備える。また、本実施形態は、図17に示すように、管理サーバ10においてマスター予約リストとしての楽曲予約リスト90を管理、更新する例であり、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、スマートフォン20’によりカラオケ装置のネットワークが構成される。 As shown in FIG. 16, the present embodiment includes a relay server 90 that can communicate with the management server 10, and the relay server 90 includes a conversion unit. Moreover, this embodiment is an example which manages and updates the music reservation list 90 as a master reservation list in the management server 10, as shown in FIG. 17, and a karaoke apparatus by karaoke apparatus 20a, karaoke apparatus 20b, and smart phone 20 '. Network is configured.
 以下、図23を参照して、本実施形態における再生制御コマンドの変換処理について説明する。本実施形態では、例えば、カラオケ装置20aにおいて、楽曲再生の制御に関連する操作が行われると(S60)、カラオケ装置20aは、その操作が同期の対象となる操作かどうかを判定する(S61)。同期の対象となる操作は、上述の場合と同様に、スタート、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作である。また、同期の対象ではない操作も、上述の場合と同様に、拠点固有の音量調整操作、予約リストや設定状態の参照・確認操作である。 Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 23, the conversion process of the reproduction control command in the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, for example, when an operation related to music playback control is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20a (S60), the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized (S61). . The operations to be synchronized are performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, and fast forward, and key control and tempo control operations, as in the case described above. Also, operations that are not subject to synchronization are, as in the case described above, site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
 その操作が、同期の対象となる操作であった場合には、カラオケ装置20aは、まず自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(S62)。例えば、演奏中にはスタートの操作は許可できないし、演奏が行われていない時には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の操作も許可できない。しかし、演奏中には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。また、演奏が行われていない時には、スタートの操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。 If the operation is an operation to be synchronized, the karaoke apparatus 20a first determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state. (S62). For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, replay, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20aは、ユーザが行った操作が、許可できない操作であった場合には、同期処理を行わない。しかし、許可できる操作であった場合には、カラオケ装置20aは、自分自身の状態をロックした後、管理サーバ10に対して具体的な操作内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを送信し、同期処理の要求を通知する(S63)。 The karaoke apparatus 20a does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted. However, if the operation is permitted, the karaoke apparatus 20a locks its own state, and then transmits an individual reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents to the management server 10 to perform synchronization processing. A request is notified (S63).
 要求を受けた管理サーバ10は、個別再生制御コマンドを中継サーバ90に通知する(S411)。この問合わせを受けた中継サーバ90は、個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御の操作の内容、例えば当該再生制御のコマンドが、全てのカラオケ装置において共通かどうかを判定する。判定の方法は、管理サーバ10を介して他のカラオケ装置に問い合わせるようにしてもよいし、予め各カラオケ装置のコマンドを管理サーバ10において記憶しておき、中継サーバ90から管理サーバ10に問い合わせたり、管理サーバ10から取得した各カラオケ装置のコマンドを中継サーバ90に記憶させておいてもよい。 The management server 10 that has received the request notifies the relay server 90 of the individual reproduction control command (S411). Receiving this inquiry, the relay server 90 determines whether or not the content of the playback control operation indicated by the individual playback control command, for example, the playback control command is common to all the karaoke apparatuses. The determination method may be such that an inquiry is made to another karaoke device via the management server 10, or the command of each karaoke device is stored in the management server 10 in advance and the management server 10 is inquired from the relay server 90. The command of each karaoke device acquired from the management server 10 may be stored in the relay server 90.
 判定の結果、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと異なるコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、当該装置用にコマンドの変換を行い(S412)、管理サーバ10に通知する(S413)。しかし、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと同じコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、当該コマンドをそのまま利用し(S412)、管理サーバ10に通知する(S413)。つまり、図23に示す変換処理(S412)は、コマンドの変換を行う場合とそのまま利用する場合の双方を含むものである。 As a result of the determination, for a device that uses a command different from the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command, the command is converted for the device (S412), and the management server 10 is notified (S413). ). However, for a device that uses the same command as the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command, the command is used as it is (S412), and the management server 10 is notified (S413). That is, the conversion process (S412) shown in FIG. 23 includes both a case where the command is converted and a case where the command is used as it is.
 中継サーバ90から、変換されたコマンドまたは変換前のコマンドの通知を受けた管理サーバ10は、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと異なるコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、変換したコマンドを送信して操作許可の問合せを行う(S414)。しかし、前記個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御のコマンドと同じコマンドを使用している装置に対しては、当該コマンドをそのまま送信して操作許可の問合せを行う(S414)。つまり、送信先のカラオケ装置が複数存在する場合には、ある装置には変換したコマンドが送信され、他の装置には変換前のコマンドが送信されることになる。 The management server 10 that has received the notification of the converted command or the command before conversion from the relay server 90 converts the device using a command different from the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command. An operation permission inquiry is performed by transmitting the command (S414). However, for the device that uses the same command as the playback control command indicated by the individual playback control command, the command is sent as it is and an operation permission inquiry is made (S414). That is, when there are a plurality of destination karaoke apparatuses, the converted command is transmitted to a certain apparatus, and the pre-conversion command is transmitted to another apparatus.
 例えば、スマートフォン20’におけるコマンドが、カラオケ装置20aのコマンドと異なる場合には、変換されたコマンドがスマートフォン20’に送信される。このようにして操作許可の問い合わせを受けたカラオケ装置、この例では、カラオケ装置20bとスマートフォン20’は、自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(S68)。 For example, when the command on the smartphone 20 'is different from the command on the karaoke apparatus 20a, the converted command is transmitted to the smartphone 20'. Thus, the karaoke apparatus which received the inquiry of the operation permission, in this example, the karaoke apparatus 20b and the smartphone 20 ′ determine whether or not the operation can be permitted, and if the operation can be permitted, The state is locked (S68).
 カラオケ装置20b、スマートフォン20は、管理サーバ10に対して操作が許可可能か否かの応答をする(S69)。管理サーバ10は、この応答をカラオケ装置20aに伝える(S404)。 The karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 respond to the management server 10 as to whether or not the operation can be permitted (S69). The management server 10 transmits this response to the karaoke apparatus 20a (S404).
 各カラオケ装置20、及びスマートフォン20’は、状態ロック期間中においては、自分自身における操作要求、および、その他のカラオケ装置20からの操作要求を受け付けないようにする。問い合わせを行ったカラオケ装置20a(利用者が操作した装置)は、その他の全てのカラオケ装置20aおよびスマートフォン20’から操作可否の応答が帰るのを待つ。 Each karaoke device 20 and the smartphone 20 ′ do not accept an operation request on its own and an operation request from another karaoke device 20 during the state lock period. The inquiring karaoke apparatus 20a (the apparatus operated by the user) waits for a response indicating that the operation is possible from all the other karaoke apparatuses 20a and the smartphone 20 '.
 待機中に一部のカラオケ装置20またはスマートフォン20’から「操作禁止」の応答を受け取った場合は、要求元はすべてのカラオケ装置20およびスマートフォン20’に対する操作要求を取り下げ、「他の装置によって操作されている」旨のエラーメッセージを表示する。 If a response “prohibit operation” is received from some karaoke devices 20 or smartphones 20 ′ during standby, the request source cancels the operation requests for all karaoke devices 20 and smartphones 20 ′, and “operates by other devices”. Error message is displayed.
 カラオケ装置20bおよびスマートフォン20’が操作許可の応答を管理サーバ10に返したら、管理サーバ10は、これらの応答をカラオケ装置20aに通知する(S415)。この通知を受けた要求元のカラオケ装置20aは、管理サーバ10に具体的な操作内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを通知し、再生制御を指示する(S416)。管理サーバ10は、操作許可の問合せがあった場合と同様に、個別再生制御コマンドを中継サーバ90に通知する(S417)。この通知を受けた中継サーバ90は、送信先のカラオケ装置に合わせて、当該再生制御に係るコマンドを変換し、または、そのまま利用して個別再生制御コマンドとし(S418)、管理サーバ10に個別再生制御コマンドを通知する(S419)。この例では、カラオケ装置20a、20b向けとして、変換しないコマンドを通知すると共に、スマートフォン20’向けとして、変換されたコマンドを管理サーバ10に通知する。 When the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'return a response indicating that the operation is permitted to the management server 10, the management server 10 notifies the karaoke device 20a of these responses (S415). Receiving this notification, the requesting karaoke apparatus 20a notifies the management server 10 of an individual reproduction control command indicating specific operation contents, and instructs reproduction control (S416). The management server 10 notifies the relay server 90 of the individual reproduction control command in the same manner as when there is an operation permission inquiry (S417). Receiving this notification, the relay server 90 converts the command related to the playback control in accordance with the karaoke device of the transmission destination or uses it as it is as an individual playback control command (S418), and makes the individual playback to the management server 10 A control command is notified (S419). In this example, the command not to be converted is notified for the karaoke apparatuses 20a and 20b, and the converted command is notified to the management server 10 for the smartphone 20 '.
 管理サーバ10は、中継サーバ90から通知された変換後のコマンドをスマートフォン20’に通知し、変換前のコマンドをカラオケ装置20bに通知する(S420)。また、変換前のコマンドをカラオケ装置20aに通知する(S421)。 The management server 10 notifies the converted command notified from the relay server 90 to the smartphone 20 ', and notifies the karaoke apparatus 20b of the command before conversion (S420). Further, the command before conversion is notified to the karaoke apparatus 20a (S421).
 指示を受けたカラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’は、個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて自分自身の再生制御を行い、ロックを解除する(S71、S77)。そして、カラオケ装置20a、カラオケ装置20b、およびスマートフォン20’は、管理サーバ10に対して完了通知を送信する(S72、S78) The karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 'that received the instruction perform their own reproduction control based on the individual reproduction control command and release the lock (S71, S77). Then, the karaoke device 20a, the karaoke device 20b, and the smartphone 20 'transmit a completion notification to the management server 10 (S72, S78).
 以上のように、本実施形態によれば、種類の異なるカラオケ装置がカラオケ装置のネットワークに接続されている場合であっても、一つのカラオケ装置で行われた楽曲演奏操作が、通信モードで接続されている他の全てのカラオケ装置に反映されるので、相互に通信している全てのカラオケ装置に同じ状態でカラオケを楽しむことができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, even when different types of karaoke devices are connected to the network of karaoke devices, the music performance operation performed by one karaoke device is connected in the communication mode. Therefore, the karaoke can be enjoyed in the same state on all the karaoke apparatuses communicating with each other.
 なお、本実施形態は、管理サーバ10がマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90に変換部を備える例について説明したが、このような構成は、第9実施形態にも適用可能である。つまり、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、親機と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90に変換部を備えて第9実施形態で説明したような、コマンドの変換処理を行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, although this embodiment demonstrated the example which provided the relay server 90 which can communicate with the management server 10, and provided the conversion part in the relay server 90 in the communication karaoke system in which the management server 10 manages and updates a master reservation list. Such a configuration is also applicable to the ninth embodiment. In other words, in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke apparatus becomes a master unit to manage and update the master reservation list, a relay server 90 that can communicate with the master unit is provided, and the relay server 90 includes a conversion unit. The command conversion process as described in the embodiment may be performed.
<K:第11実施形態>
 次に、本発明の第11実施形態を図24乃至図26に基づいて説明する。第9実施形態及び第10実施形態では、カラオケ装置によって再生制御についてのコマンドが異なる場合には変換する例について説明した。しかし、本実施形態では、特定のカラオケ装置においてサポートされていない再生制御の操作が存在する場合には、当該再生制御の操作の要求があった際にエラーとして取り扱うところが第9実施形態及び第10実施形態と異なる。
<K: Eleventh Embodiment>
Next, an eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In the ninth embodiment and the tenth embodiment, the example of conversion when the command for reproduction control is different depending on the karaoke apparatus has been described. However, in this embodiment, when there is a playback control operation that is not supported by a specific karaoke device, the ninth embodiment and the tenth embodiment handle it as an error when there is a request for the playback control operation. Different from the embodiment.
 図26に示すように、カラオケ専用の装置であるカラオケ装置20a、20b、20cにおいては、通常再生、一時停止、早戻し/早送り、テンポ制御、および再生キー制御の全ての再生制御がサポートされている。図26において○印は当該制御が当該装置においてサポートされていることを示し、×印は当該制御が当該装置においてサポートされていないことを示している。 As shown in FIG. 26, the karaoke devices 20a, 20b, and 20c, which are devices dedicated to karaoke, support all playback controls of normal playback, pause, fast reverse / fast forward, tempo control, and playback key control. Yes. In FIG. 26, a circle indicates that the control is supported by the apparatus, and a cross indicates that the control is not supported by the apparatus.
 しかし、図26に示すように、携帯機器であるスマートフォン20’やタブレットにおいては、通常再生、一時停止、早戻し/早送り、および再生キー制御についてはサポートされているが、テンポ制御についてはサポートされていない。また、据え置き型のゲーム機において、通常再生、一時停止、および再生キー制御についてはサポートされているが、早戻し/早送り、およびテンポ制御についてはサポートされていない。 However, as shown in FIG. 26, the smartphone 20 ′ or tablet as a portable device supports normal playback, pause, fast reverse / fast forward, and playback key control, but does not support tempo control. Not. In the stationary game machine, normal playback, pause, and playback key control are supported, but fast reverse / fast forward and tempo control are not supported.
 以上のように、本発明の通信カラオケシステムにおけるカラオケ装置のネットワークに接続される装置によっては、特定の再生制御がサポートされていない場合がある。そこで、本実施形態では、いずれかの装置から再生制御の操作要求があった場合には、当該再生制御の操作が、ネットワークに接続されている全ての装置でサポートされているかどうかを判定し、いずれかの装置においてサポートされていない再生制御の操作要求についてはエラーとして取り扱う。    As described above, specific playback control may not be supported depending on the device connected to the network of karaoke devices in the communication karaoke system of the present invention. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when there is a playback control operation request from any of the devices, it is determined whether the playback control operation is supported by all the devices connected to the network, An operation request for playback control that is not supported by any device is handled as an error. *
 以下、図24および図25を参照して、本実施形態における再生制御コマンドのエラー処理について説明する。本実施形態は、図13に示すように、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、カラオケ装置に個別再生制御コマンド出力部と再生制御部とを備える。個別再生制御コマンド出力部と再生制御部は制御部21により実現される。図24に示すフローチャートは、図22に示すフローチャートに対応する。 Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 24 and FIG. 25, error processing of the reproduction control command in this embodiment will be described. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13, in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device serves as a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the karaoke device includes an individual reproduction control command output unit, a reproduction control unit, Is provided. The individual reproduction control command output unit and the reproduction control unit are realized by the control unit 21. The flowchart shown in FIG. 24 corresponds to the flowchart shown in FIG.
 本実施形態では、第9実施形態のように、カラオケ装置20aが親機となり、カラオケ装置20bとスマートフォン20’がカラオケ装置のネットワークに接続されているものとする。例えば、図24に示すように、カラオケ装置20bにおいて、楽曲再生の制御に関連する操作が行われると(S40)、カラオケ装置20bは、その操作が同期の対象となる操作かどうかを判定する(S41)。同期の対象となる操作は、スタート、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作である。また、同期の対象ではない操作は、拠点固有の音量調整操作、予約リストや設定状態の参照・確認操作である。 In this embodiment, as in the ninth embodiment, it is assumed that the karaoke device 20a is a parent device, and the karaoke device 20b and the smartphone 20 'are connected to a network of karaoke devices. For example, as shown in FIG. 24, when an operation related to music playback control is performed in the karaoke apparatus 20b (S40), the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether the operation is an operation to be synchronized ( S41). The operations to be synchronized include performance operations such as start, performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., key control, and tempo control. The operations that are not subject to synchronization are site-specific volume adjustment operations, reservation list and setting state reference / confirmation operations.
 その操作が、同期の対象となる操作であった場合には、カラオケ装置20bは、自分自身がその操作を許可できるかどうかを判定し、許可できる場合には、自分自身の状態をロックする(S42)。例えば、演奏中にはスタートの操作は許可できないし、演奏が行われていない時には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の操作も許可できない。しかし、演奏中には、演奏中止、やり直し、早戻し、早送り等の演奏操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。また、演奏が行われていない時には、スタートの操作と、キーコントロール、テンポコントロールの操作が許可できる。カラオケ装置20bは、ユーザが行った操作が、許可できない操作であった場合には、同期処理を行わない。 If the operation is an operation to be synchronized, the karaoke apparatus 20b determines whether or not the operation can be permitted by itself, and if so, locks its own state ( S42). For example, start operations cannot be permitted during performance, and operations such as performance stop, replay, fast reverse, and fast forward cannot be permitted when performance is not being performed. However, during the performance, performance operations such as performance stop, redo, fast reverse, fast forward, etc., and key control and tempo control operations can be permitted. In addition, when no performance is performed, start operation, key control, and tempo control can be permitted. The karaoke apparatus 20b does not perform the synchronization process when the operation performed by the user is an operation that cannot be permitted.
 カラオケ装置20bは、自分自身の状態をロックした後、再生制御の操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを、親機であるカラオケ装置20aに通知して、操作許可の問合せを行う(S400)。この問合わせを受けたカラオケ装置20aは、個別再生制御コマンドが示す再生制御の操作の内容、例えば当該再生制御のコマンドが、全てのカラオケ装置においてサポートされているかどうかを判定する。判定の方法は、カラオケ装置20aが他のカラオケ装置に問い合わせるようにしてもよいし、予め各カラオケ装置でサポートされている再生制御の内容を管理サーバ10において記憶しておき、カラオケ装置20aから管理サーバ10に問い合わせたり、管理サーバ10から取得した各カラオケ装置でサポートされている再生制御の内容をカラオケ装置20aに記憶させておいてもよい。 After the karaoke apparatus 20b locks its own state, the karaoke apparatus 20b notifies the parent apparatus karaoke apparatus 20a of an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the operation of the reproduction control, and makes an operation permission inquiry (S400). Upon receiving this inquiry, the karaoke apparatus 20a determines whether or not the content of the reproduction control operation indicated by the individual reproduction control command, for example, the reproduction control command is supported by all the karaoke apparatuses. The determination method may be such that the karaoke device 20a makes an inquiry to another karaoke device, or the contents of reproduction control supported by each karaoke device are stored in advance in the management server 10 and managed from the karaoke device 20a. The content of the reproduction control supported by each karaoke device acquired from the management server 10 may be stored in the karaoke device 20a.
 図24に示すように、操作許可の問合せのあった再生制御が、全てのカラオケ装置においてサポートされている場合には、第9実施形態と同様の処理が行われる(S401以降の処理)。なお、処理の詳細については省略する。しかし、操作許可の問合せのあった再生制御が、いずれかのカラオケ装置においてはサポートされていない場合には、親機であるカラオケ装置20aは、問合せを行ったカラオケ装置に対してエラー通知を行う(S501)。このエラー通知を受けたカラオケ装置は、エラー表示を行うと共に、ロックの解除を行う(S502)。 As shown in FIG. 24, when playback control for which an operation permission inquiry has been made is supported by all karaoke apparatuses, the same processing as that in the ninth embodiment is performed (processing after S401). Details of the process are omitted. However, if the playback control for which the operation permission has been inquired is not supported by any of the karaoke apparatuses, the karaoke apparatus 20a, which is the master unit, gives an error notification to the inquiring karaoke apparatus. (S501). Upon receiving this error notification, the karaoke apparatus displays an error and releases the lock (S502).
 例えば、カラオケ専用装置であるカラオケ装置20bから、テンポ制御の操作についての許可の問合せがあったとする。カラオケ装置20aは、カラオケ装置20bと同じ種類の装置なので、カラオケ装置20bで行われたテンポ制御をそのままカラオケ装置20aにおいても実行することができる。しかしながら、図26に示すように、スマートフォン20’においては、テンポ制御がサポートされていない。したがって、カラオケ装置20bとカラオケ装置20aにおいてテンポ制御の操作を許可してしまうと、スマートフォン20’においてはテンポ制御を行うことができないので、カラオケ装置20bおよびカラオケ装置20aにおいて再生されている楽曲のテンポと、スマートフォン20’において再生される楽曲のテンポが異なることになる。しかしながら、本実施形態では、このようないずれかの装置においてサポートされてない再生制御についてはエラーとして取り扱うので、種類の異なる装置が接続されるカラオケ装置ネットワークにおいて、常に共通の再生環境を提供することができ、それぞれの装置が遠隔地にある場合でも、また、ネットワークに接続する装置が異なる種類であっても、あたかも同じ部屋にいるような状態でカラオケを楽しむことが可能になる。 For example, it is assumed that a karaoke device 20b, which is a karaoke dedicated device, receives a permission inquiry about tempo control operation. Since the karaoke device 20a is the same type of device as the karaoke device 20b, the tempo control performed by the karaoke device 20b can be directly executed in the karaoke device 20a. However, as shown in FIG. 26, the smartphone 20 'does not support tempo control. Therefore, if the tempo control operation is permitted in the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20a, the tempo control cannot be performed in the smartphone 20 ′, and therefore the tempo of the music being reproduced in the karaoke apparatus 20b and the karaoke apparatus 20a. And the tempo of the music reproduced on the smartphone 20 ′ is different. However, in the present embodiment, playback control that is not supported by any of these devices is handled as an error, so that a common playback environment is always provided in a karaoke device network to which different types of devices are connected. It is possible to enjoy karaoke even if each device is in a remote place, or even if the devices connected to the network are different types, as if they were in the same room.
 なお、本実施形態は、カラオケ装置の一つが親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、親機としてのカラオケ装置において、各カラオケ装置においてサポートされている再生制御を判定する例について説明したが、このような構成は、第10実施形態にも適用可能である。つまり、管理サーバ10によってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、管理サーバ10と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90において、各カラオケ装置でサポートされている再生制御を判定するようにしてもよい。また、いずれかのカラオケ装置が親機となってマスター予約リストを管理、更新する通信カラオケシステムにおいて、親機と通信可能な中継サーバ90を設け、中継サーバ90において、各カラオケ装置でサポートされている再生制御を判定するようにしてもよい。 In this embodiment, in the communication karaoke system in which one of the karaoke devices becomes a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, the playback control supported in each karaoke device is determined in the karaoke device as the parent device. However, such a configuration can also be applied to the tenth embodiment. That is, in the communication karaoke system in which the master reservation list is managed and updated by the management server 10, the relay server 90 that can communicate with the management server 10 is provided, and the relay server 90 determines the playback control supported by each karaoke device. You may do it. Also, in a communication karaoke system in which any karaoke device becomes a parent device to manage and update the master reservation list, a relay server 90 that can communicate with the parent device is provided, and the relay server 90 is supported by each karaoke device. The playback control that is being performed may be determined.
<L:応用例>
 上述した実施形態においては、音響データ処理装置としてのカラオケ装置やパーソナルコンピュータと管理サーバとを別の装置として構成した例について説明したが、音響データ処理装置自体に管理サーバとしての機能を持たせるように構成することも可能である。
<L: Application example>
In the above-described embodiment, an example in which a karaoke device as a sound data processing device or a personal computer and a management server are configured as separate devices has been described. However, the sound data processing device itself may have a function as a management server. It is also possible to configure.
 上述した各実施形態においては、一つのカラオケ装置等の音響データ処理装置としての端末または管理サーバから、楽曲データを他の端末に配信し、各音響データ処理装置で同一の楽曲を同時に再生する例について説明した。 しかし、本発明は、このような例に限定されるものではなく、伴奏用の楽曲データ、メトロノームデータ、あるいは、リズムパターンデータ、もしくは、歌詞データや譜面データ等を、各拠点のそれぞれの端末が互いに同期して個別に再生するようにしてもよい。
 また、伴奏用の楽曲データ、メトロノームデータ、あるいは、リズムパターンデータは、ネットワーク上の接続端末の中で親機となる唯一の端末が再生し、その再生音データをその他の端末に送信して再生し、歌詞データや譜面データ等はそれぞれの端末が同期して 個別に描画するようにしてもよい。
 さらに、伴奏用の楽曲データ、メトロノームデータ、あるいは、リズムパターンデータ、もしくは、歌詞データや譜面データ等を、親機となる端末が再生し、再生したデータを、その他の端末に送信して再生するようにしてもよい。
In each embodiment described above, an example in which music data is distributed to other terminals from a terminal or management server as an acoustic data processing device such as one karaoke device, and the same music is simultaneously played by each acoustic data processing device. Explained. However, the present invention is not limited to such an example, and each terminal at each base stores music data for accompaniment, metronome data, rhythm pattern data, lyrics data, score data, or the like. You may make it reproduce | regenerate separately synchronizing with each other.
Also, accompaniment music data, metronome data, or rhythm pattern data is played back by the only terminal connected to the network, and the playback sound data is sent to other terminals for playback. However, lyrics data and musical score data, etc. may be drawn individually in synchronism with each terminal.
In addition, accompaniment music data, metronome data, rhythm pattern data, lyric data, music score data, etc. are played back by the master terminal, and the played back data is sent to other terminals for playback. You may do it.
 なお、本発明においては、音響データ処理装置としての端末は、常に親機および子機として固定するようにしてもよいし、最初に通信のリクエストを送信した端末を親機とし、そのリクエストを了承した端末を子機とするようにしてもよい。常に親機および子機として固定する場合には、親機のみに予約リスト更新手段を備え、子機のみに予約リスト反映手段を備えるようにしてもよい。 In the present invention, the terminal as the acoustic data processing apparatus may always be fixed as the master unit and the slave unit, or the terminal that first transmitted the communication request is the master unit, and the request is acknowledged. You may make it the terminal which did as a subunit | mobile_unit. When always fixing as a parent device and a child device, only the parent device may be provided with a reservation list updating means, and only the child device may be provided with a reservation list reflecting means.
 また、予約リストについては、管理サーバにおいて更新の内容を予約リストに反映させ、反映された予約リストを各音響データ処理装置としての端末に配信するようにしてもよい。 As for the reservation list, the management server may reflect the contents of the update in the reservation list, and the reflected reservation list may be distributed to the terminals as the respective acoustic data processing devices.
 また、カラオケに専用される装置以外の装置にも本発明は適用され得る。例えば、パーソナルコンピュータや携帯情報端末(例えば携帯電話機やスマートホン)やゲーム装置等の各種の装置にも本発明を適用することが可能である。また、カラオケ装置における処理を記述したプログラムを、磁気ディスク、光ディスク、光磁気ディスク、半導体メモリ等の記憶媒体に格納して配布したり、インターネット等の電気通信回線を利用して配布したりすることも可能である。以上の例示から理解されるように、本発明は「音響データ処理装置」として包括され、前述の各形態で説明したカラオケ装置および楽器セッション用の端末は「音響データ処理装置」の例示である。 Also, the present invention can be applied to devices other than devices dedicated to karaoke. For example, the present invention can be applied to various devices such as a personal computer, a portable information terminal (for example, a mobile phone or a smart phone), and a game device. In addition, a program describing the processing in the karaoke apparatus is stored and distributed in a storage medium such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory, or distributed using an electric communication line such as the Internet. Is also possible. As understood from the above examples, the present invention is encompassed as “acoustic data processing apparatus”, and the karaoke apparatus and the terminal for musical instrument session described in the above embodiments are examples of “acoustic data processing apparatus”.
 本出願は、2012年4月6日出願の日本特許出願(特願2012-87006)及び2013年3月22日出願の日本特許出願(特願2013-60725)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on April 6, 2012 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-87006) and a Japanese patent application filed on March 22, 2013 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-60725). Incorporated herein by reference.
本発明によれば、互いに離れた拠点にいる場合でも、希望する相手と一定時間継続してデュエット、楽器セッション等を行うことができ、互いの拠点から装置の操作ができる。 According to the present invention, a duet, a musical instrument session, or the like can be continuously performed with a desired partner for a certain period of time even when the bases are separated from each other, and the apparatus can be operated from the bases.
100……通信カラオケシステム、10……管理サーバ、20,20a,20b,20c……カラオケ装置、20’……スマートフォン、40……通信網、60……ユーザ、90,90’……楽曲予約リスト。  100: Communication karaoke system, 10: Management server, 20, 20a, 20b, 20c ... Karaoke device, 20 '... Smartphone, 40 ... Communication network, 60 ... User, 90, 90' ... Music reservation list.

Claims (12)

  1.  少なくとも一つの他の音響データ処理装置と相互に通信可能に接続され、相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを参照可能な音響データ処理装置であって、
     ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力する入力部と、
     前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生する再生部と、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶する記憶部と、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新する更新部と、
     前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映させる反映部と、
     を備えることを特徴とする音響データ処理装置。
    Refer to the master reservation list that specifies the order of performance of songs that are connected to at least one other acoustic data processing device so that they can communicate with each other and are commonly recognized by multiple acoustic data processing devices connected to each other. A possible acoustic data processing device,
    An input unit for inputting demonstration data obtained by demonstration of the user's music;
    A reproducing unit that reproduces auxiliary data for assisting demonstration of the user's music and the demonstration data;
    A storage unit for storing an individual reservation list for designating the performance order of the music;
    When a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is made, an update unit that updates the contents of the master reservation list;
    When the contents of the master reservation list are updated, a reflecting unit that reflects the changed contents of the master reservation list in the individual reservation list;
    An acoustic data processing apparatus comprising:
  2.  前記マスター予約リストは、前記複数の音響データ処理装置と通信可能な管理装置で管理され、
     前記更新部は、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、当該予約操作の内容を示す予約データを前記管理装置に送信し、
     前記反映部は、前記管理装置から前記マスター予約リストの更新内容を示す更新データを受信すると、当該更新データを前記個別予約ファイルに反映させる、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    The master reservation list is managed by a management device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices,
    When a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is performed, the update unit transmits reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation to the management device,
    When the update unit receives update data indicating the update contents of the master reservation list from the management device, the update unit reflects the update data in the individual reservation file.
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to claim 1.
  3.  相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置のうちいずれか一つがマスター装置として動作し、前記マスター装置以外はスレーブ装置として動作し、前記マスター装置の前記個別予約リストは前記マスター予約リストであり、
     前記更新部は、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、当該予約操作の内容を示す予約データを前記マスター装置に送信し、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記予約データ、または、当該音響データ処理装置の予約操作の内容を示す予約データに基づいて前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新し、
     前記反映部は、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、前記マスター装置から前記マスター予約リストの更新内容を示す更新データを受信すると、当該更新データを前記個別予約ファイルに反映させる、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    Any one of a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected so as to communicate with each other operates as a master device, and other than the master device operates as a slave device, and the individual reservation list of the master device is the master reservation list And
    The update unit
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, when a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is performed, reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation is transmitted to the master device,
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the reservation data received from the slave device or the content of the master reservation list based on the reservation data indicating the reservation operation content of the acoustic data processing device. Updated,
    The reflection unit is
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, when update data indicating the update contents of the master reservation list is received from the master device, the update data is reflected in the individual reservation file.
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to claim 1.
  4.  相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される再生の制御に関する制御操作の内容を示すマスター再生制御コマンドを参照可能であり、
     前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを出力するマスター再生制御コマンド出力部と、
     前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備え、
     前記マスター再生制御コマンドは、前記複数の音響データ処理装置と通信可能な管理装置で受信されると共に、前記管理装置から前記複数の音響データ処理装置のそれぞれに送信され、
     前記マスター再生制御コマンド出力部は、前記制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す前記マスター再生制御コマンドを前記管理装置に送信し、
     前記再生制御部は、前記管理装置から受信した前記マスター再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1または請求項2に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    It is possible to refer to a master playback control command that indicates the content of a control operation related to playback control that is commonly recognized by a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected to each other so that they can communicate with each other.
    When a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit is performed, a master playback control command output unit that outputs the master playback control command indicating the content of the control operation;
    A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit based on the master playback control command,
    The master reproduction control command is received by a management device capable of communicating with the plurality of acoustic data processing devices, and transmitted from the management device to each of the plurality of acoustic data processing devices,
    When the control operation is performed, the master reproduction control command output unit transmits the master reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation to the management device,
    The reproduction control unit controls reproduction in the reproduction unit based on the master reproduction control command received from the management device;
    The acoustic data processing device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein
  5.  当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記スレーブ装置から受信した前記予約データ、または、当該音響データ処理装置の予約操作の内容を示す予約データに係る楽曲の実演を補助する前記補助データが、相互接続されたいずれの音響データ処理装置においても再生可能かどうかを判定する判定部を備える、
     ことを特徴とする請求項3に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the auxiliary that assists the performance of the music related to the reservation data received from the slave device or reservation data indicating the content of the reservation operation of the acoustic data processing device A determination unit that determines whether the data can be reproduced in any of the interconnected acoustic data processing devices;
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to claim 3.
  6.  前記予約の対象となり得る楽曲を検索する検索操作がなされると、当該楽曲の実演を補助する補助データについての処理を行う検索処理部を備え、当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、
     前記検索処理部は、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置においては再生可能ではない補助データに対応する楽曲についても非検索対象として抽出し、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置において、前記検索対象として抽出された楽曲が、前記非検索対象として抽出された楽曲から識別可能に表示されるように、前記検索操作が行われた音響データ処理装置に提示する、
     ことを特徴とする請求項5に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    When a search operation for searching for music that can be reserved is performed, a search processing unit that performs processing on auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music is provided, and the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device ,
    The search processing unit also extracts a piece of music corresponding to auxiliary data that is not reproducible in the acoustic data processing apparatus in which the search operation has been performed as a non-search target, and in the acoustic data processing apparatus in which the search operation has been performed. Presenting the music extracted as the search target to the acoustic data processing apparatus in which the search operation has been performed so that the music extracted as the non-search target is displayed in an identifiable manner.
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to claim 5.
  7.  前記非検索対象として抽出された楽曲が選択されると、当該楽曲の実演を補助する補助データを購入可能なサービスに誘導する誘導部を備える、
     ことを特徴とする請求項6に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    When a music extracted as the non-search target is selected, a guidance unit that guides auxiliary data that assists the performance of the music to a service that can be purchased is provided.
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to claim 6.
  8.  相互に通信可能に接続された複数の音響データ処理装置のうちいずれか一つがマスター装置として動作し、前記マスター装置以外はスレーブ装置として動作し、
     前記再生部における再生の制御に関する制御操作がなされると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを出力する個別再生制御コマンド出力部と、
     前記個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う再生制御部とを備え、
     前記個別再生制御コマンド出力部は、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、あるいは、他の音響データ処理装置から受信した個別再生制御コマンドが、いずれかの音響データ処理装置においては認識されない個別再生制御コマンドである場合には、当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置に対しては、当該個別再生制御コマンドを当該いずれかの音響データ処理装置において認識される個別再生制御コマンドに変換し、当該変換した個別再生制御コマンド及び当該変換前の個別再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信し、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて前記制御操作が行われると、当該制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンドを他の音響データ処理装置に送信すると共に、当該音響データ処理装置内に前記個別再生制御コマンドを出力し、
     前記再生制御部は、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記マスター装置として動作する場合、前記変換した個別再生制御コマンド、または、前記変換前の個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行い、
     当該音響データ処理装置が前記スレーブ装置として動作する場合、当該音響データ処理装置にて行われた前記制御操作の内容を示す個別再生制御コマンド、あるいは、前記マスター装置から受信した前記変換された個別再生制御コマンド、もしくは、前記マスター装置から受信した前記変換前の個別再生制御コマンドに基づいて前記再生部における再生の制御を行う、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1または請求項3に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    Any one of a plurality of acoustic data processing devices connected to be able to communicate with each other operates as a master device, and other than the master device operates as a slave device,
    When a control operation related to playback control in the playback unit is performed, an individual playback control command output unit that outputs an individual playback control command indicating the content of the control operation;
    A playback control unit that controls playback in the playback unit based on the individual playback control command;
    The individual reproduction control command output unit
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed by the acoustic data processing device or an individual reproduction control received from another acoustic data processing device If the command is an individual playback control command that is not recognized by any of the acoustic data processing devices, the individual playback control command is sent to any of the acoustic data processing devices. Converted into an individual playback control command recognized by the device, and transmits the converted individual playback control command and the individual playback control command before the conversion to another acoustic data processing device,
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, when the control operation is performed in the acoustic data processing device, an individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation is transmitted to another acoustic data processing device. And outputting the individual reproduction control command in the acoustic data processing device,
    The reproduction control unit
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the master device, the playback control in the playback unit is performed based on the converted individual playback control command or the individual playback control command before the conversion,
    When the acoustic data processing device operates as the slave device, the individual reproduction control command indicating the content of the control operation performed in the acoustic data processing device or the converted individual reproduction received from the master device Control playback in the playback unit based on the control command or the individual playback control command before conversion received from the master device,
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to claim 1 or claim 3, wherein
  9.  前記実演データは、ユーザによる歌唱および演奏のうちの少なくとも一方に基づく実演によって得られ、
     前記補助データは、伴奏またはリズムに関連するデータ、歌詞データ、及び譜面データのうちの少なくともいずれか一つを含む、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1乃至請求項8のうちいずれか1項に記載の音響データ処理装置。
    The demonstration data is obtained by a demonstration based on at least one of singing and performing by a user,
    The auxiliary data includes at least one of data related to accompaniment or rhythm, lyrics data, and musical score data.
    The acoustic data processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the acoustic data processing apparatus is any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  相互に通信可能な複数の音響データ処理装置を少なくとも備える音響データ通信システムであって、
     前記複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを管理する管理部と、
     前記マスター予約リストを参照可能な参照部と、
     ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力する入力部と、
     前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生する再生部と、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶する記憶部と、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新する更新部と、
     前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映させる反映部と、
     を備えることを特徴とする音響データ通信システム。
    An acoustic data communication system comprising at least a plurality of acoustic data processing devices capable of communicating with each other,
    A management unit that manages a master reservation list that designates a performance order of music pieces that are commonly recognized by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices;
    A reference unit capable of referring to the master reservation list;
    An input unit for inputting demonstration data obtained by demonstration of the user's music;
    A reproducing unit that reproduces auxiliary data for assisting demonstration of the user's music and the demonstration data;
    A storage unit for storing an individual reservation list for designating the performance order of the music;
    When a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is made, an update unit that updates the contents of the master reservation list;
    When the contents of the master reservation list are updated, a reflecting unit that reflects the changed contents of the master reservation list in the individual reservation list;
    An acoustic data communication system comprising:
  11.  第2音響データ処理装置と相互に通信可能に接続され、第1音響データ処理装置と前記第2音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを参照可能な、前記第1音響データ処理装置の制御方法であって、
     ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力し、
     前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生し、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶し、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新し、
     前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映する、
     ことを特徴とする制御方法。
    It is connected to the second acoustic data processing device so as to be able to communicate with each other, and a master reservation list for designating the performance order of the music recognized in common by the first acoustic data processing device and the second acoustic data processing device can be referred to. A control method of the first acoustic data processing device,
    Enter performance data obtained by the user's performance demonstration,
    Auxiliary data for assisting demonstration of the user's music and the demonstration data are reproduced,
    Storing an individual reservation list for designating the performance order of the music;
    When a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is performed, the contents of the master reservation list are updated,
    When the contents of the master reservation list are updated, the changed contents of the master reservation list are reflected in the individual reservation list.
    A control method characterized by that.
  12.  相互に通信可能な複数の音響データ処理装置を少なくとも備える音響データ通信システムの制御方法であって、
     前記複数の音響データ処理装置で共通に認識される楽曲の実演順番を指定するマスター予約リストを管理し、
     ユーザの楽曲の実演によって得られる実演データを入力し、
     前記ユーザの楽曲の実演を補助する補助データと前記実演データとを再生し、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を指定する個別予約リストを記憶し、
     前記楽曲の実演順番を予約する予約操作がなされると、前記マスター予約リストの内容を更新し、
     前記マスター予約リストの内容が更新されると、前記マスター予約リストの変更内容を前記個別予約リストに反映する、
     ことを特徴とする制御方法。
    A method for controlling an acoustic data communication system comprising at least a plurality of acoustic data processing devices capable of communicating with each other,
    Managing a master reservation list that specifies the performance order of the songs that are commonly recognized by the plurality of acoustic data processing devices;
    Enter performance data obtained by the user's performance demonstration,
    Auxiliary data for assisting demonstration of the user's music and the demonstration data are reproduced,
    Storing an individual reservation list for designating the performance order of the music;
    When a reservation operation for reserving the performance order of the music is performed, the contents of the master reservation list are updated,
    When the contents of the master reservation list are updated, the changed contents of the master reservation list are reflected in the individual reservation list.
    A control method characterized by that.
PCT/JP2013/077181 2012-04-06 2013-10-04 Audio data processing device and audio data communications system WO2014147875A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380074596.3A CN105190744A (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-04 Audio data processing device and audio data communications system
KR1020157024312A KR20150118972A (en) 2013-03-22 2013-10-04 Audio data processing device and audio data communications system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-060725 2013-03-22
JP2013060725A JP2013231951A (en) 2012-04-06 2013-03-22 Acoustic data processing device and acoustic data communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014147875A1 true WO2014147875A1 (en) 2014-09-25

Family

ID=51583771

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/077181 WO2014147875A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-04 Audio data processing device and audio data communications system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20150118972A (en)
WO (1) WO2014147875A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020253754A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 华为技术有限公司 Multi-terminal multimedia data communication method and system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003046967A (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-14 Daiichikosho Co Ltd Method for using karaoke device in accordance with banquet by connecting distant plural karaoke banquetting halls through video conference system
JP2004144811A (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-05-20 Yamaha Corp Musical piece playing system
JP2005077485A (en) * 2003-08-28 2005-03-24 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial & Technology Duet and chorus karaoke control system at multiple places
JP2010197499A (en) * 2009-02-23 2010-09-09 Taito Corp Karaoke service system, distribution server and terminal device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003046967A (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-14 Daiichikosho Co Ltd Method for using karaoke device in accordance with banquet by connecting distant plural karaoke banquetting halls through video conference system
JP2004144811A (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-05-20 Yamaha Corp Musical piece playing system
JP2005077485A (en) * 2003-08-28 2005-03-24 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial & Technology Duet and chorus karaoke control system at multiple places
JP2010197499A (en) * 2009-02-23 2010-09-09 Taito Corp Karaoke service system, distribution server and terminal device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020253754A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 华为技术有限公司 Multi-terminal multimedia data communication method and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20150118972A (en) 2015-10-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2013231951A (en) Acoustic data processing device and acoustic data communication system
JP5823320B2 (en) Karaoke system, karaoke playback display method, karaoke server, and computer program
JP5218791B2 (en) Post data determination device, karaoke device, server device, and post data determination program
WO2014147875A1 (en) Audio data processing device and audio data communications system
JP6210220B2 (en) Karaoke equipment
JP2017156686A (en) Recording system, recording method, and program
JP6058991B2 (en) Singing video selection system corresponding to singing voice
JP2012177751A (en) Karaoke system and karaoke device
JP2010060844A (en) Karaoke device
JP2008304821A (en) Musical piece concert release system
JP2015041091A (en) Communication karaoke system having feature in switching processing of voice and the like during communication duet
JP2010060627A (en) Karaoke system
JP2006337702A (en) Karaoke service method and karaoke system
JP6601099B2 (en) Karaoke posting system, karaoke apparatus, and composite video creation method
JP6648464B2 (en) Karaoke system and composite posting information creation method
JP3942114B2 (en) Karaoke central management system
JP6648463B2 (en) Karaoke system and composite posting information creation method
JP6520549B2 (en) Karaoke post system, karaoke apparatus and composite video creation method
JP5305438B2 (en) Repeated song selection registration system
JP6623841B2 (en) Music selection system, music selection program, music selection method, and music server
JP5240840B2 (en) Karaoke equipment
JP2010002730A (en) Karaoke host device, karaoke recording system
KR20020077722A (en) Internet-based computer video and song accompaniment system and it&#39;s control method
JP2006259089A (en) Musical piece play back device, server, and music distributing system
JP2003162648A (en) Content providing system, information processing device and method, recording medium and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201380074596.3

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13878826

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157024312

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13878826

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1